TW200906985A - Inkjet ink for color filter, and color filter using the same - Google Patents
Inkjet ink for color filter, and color filter using the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW200906985A TW200906985A TW97120790A TW97120790A TW200906985A TW 200906985 A TW200906985 A TW 200906985A TW 97120790 A TW97120790 A TW 97120790A TW 97120790 A TW97120790 A TW 97120790A TW 200906985 A TW200906985 A TW 200906985A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- acid
- pigment
- ink
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D11/00—Inks
- C09D11/30—Inkjet printing inks
- C09D11/38—Inkjet printing inks characterised by non-macromolecular additives other than solvents, pigments or dyes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/133509—Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
- G02F1/133514—Colour filters
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Description
200906985 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 部八種,形成如_色滤光膜之晝素 』刀(者色層)所代表的預定圖案 膜用喷墨墨水、使⑽噴墨墨水製作的色滤先 【先前技術】 々巴應元膜 f200906985 IX. Inventive description: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] Eight kinds of inkjet inks for forming a predetermined pattern film represented by a enamel knives (color layer) such as a _color filter film, and (10) inkjet inks The color filter produced first [prior art] 々巴应元膜 f
隨著個人電腦的發展、特別是手提電腦的發 二,對液晶顯,、尤其是彩色液晶顯示器的需求趨 :曰Π。但由於上述彩色液晶顯示器的價格高,人們對降 低成本、提高產纽率的要求提高,制是對於在成本上 所占比重大的彩色濾、細,被要求降低其成本、提高其生 ,效率。上述彩色濾光膜中通常具備紅(R)、綠(G)、藍(B) 三基色之著色圖案’藉由使R、G、B的各個晝素所對應 的電極開(ON)和關(〇FF),液晶扮演快門(―㈣的作用’ 光通過R、G、B的各個畫素而進行彩色顯示。 作為以往採用的彩色濾光膜的製造方法,可以列舉如 染色法。在所述染色法中,首先於玻璃基板上形成作為染 色用材料的水溶性高分子材料,利用微影製程將上述高分 子材料圖案化成所需形狀,之後將所得圖案浸在染色浴中 以得到著色的圖案。藉由重複上述染色法三次,形成R、 G、B彩色濾光膜層。其他方法還有顏料分散法。該方法 中’首先於基板上形成分散有顏料的感光性樹脂層,藉由 將上述感光性樹脂層圖案化而得到單色圖案。並且,藉由 重複所述製程二次’形成r、G、B彩色遽光膜層。作為 -5- 200906985 其他方法,更可以列舉出 顏料分散在熱硬化樹脂中,進行R、G:B j ’即,將 後使樹脂熱硬化的方法。但上述所有方法中之 1、B三種顏色’必需重複同一製程三次,存::: 尚的問題或因重複同樣的製 耆成本變With the development of personal computers, especially the development of portable computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays, especially color liquid crystal displays, has become more and more important. However, due to the high price of the above-mentioned color liquid crystal display, people are demanding to reduce the cost and increase the production rate. The system is color filter and fine in terms of cost, and is required to reduce its cost and improve its efficiency and efficiency. . The color filter film generally has red (R), green (G), and blue (B) color patterns, and the electrodes corresponding to the respective elements of R, G, and B are turned "ON" and "off". (〇FF), the liquid crystal acts as a shutter (the role of "(4)" The light is displayed in color by the respective pixels of R, G, and B. As a method of manufacturing the conventional color filter film, a dyeing method is exemplified. In the dyeing method, first, a water-soluble polymer material as a dyeing material is formed on a glass substrate, and the polymer material is patterned into a desired shape by a lithography process, and then the obtained pattern is immersed in a dyeing bath to obtain a colored color. A pattern of R, G, and B color filter layers is formed by repeating the above dyeing method three times. Other methods include a pigment dispersion method in which a photosensitive resin layer in which a pigment is dispersed is first formed on a substrate by The photosensitive resin layer is patterned to obtain a monochromatic pattern, and the r, G, and B color luminescent film layers are formed by repeating the process twice. As another method of -5-200906985, pigments are further listed. Scattered in a thermohardening tree In the fat, R, G: B j ' is the method of thermally hardening the resin. However, in the above methods, the three colors of B must be repeated three times in the same process, and the::: The same cost of manufacturing
人提=了上述問二有 以式於基板表面噴灑墨水以形二J ί t l法(例如參照日本專利特開昭59-75205 ^ 上)。+為了以嘴墨方式對著正確圖案喷上墨水以書“ 素,自喷頭喷出墨水時要求直進性、穩定性。但二^ ,發速度太快,則在噴出頭的喷嘴頂端墨 f力口 ^水滴發生飛行偏移,間隔—段時間間歇式 ‘土水㈠發生堵塞,無法再喷出墨水。 =外,財墨方式於基板对上著色墨水時 速度太快,則墨水層表面以_喷出後的起伏或 = Π勻,不充分。而絲燥速度太慢,__ j …過程使之完全賴,或者即使可以崎賴但效率差。 因此’只考射出性能時可以使用難以乾燥的墨水 了使墨水層完全賴’還需要適度的乾燥性。往^ 料作為彩色滤光膜的著色劑,但若彩色滤光膜用墨顏 料分散性差’則由於顏料粒子之間的聚集而在喷出 的 噴嘴部發生堵塞。因此,使用綱作為著㈣時,顏 散性也會對墨水的喷出性能產生影響。 刀 作為抑制堵塞的技術,有人公開了一種含有著色劑、 -6- 200906985 黏脂及常壓下的沸點大於等於2贼的溶劑的喷墨 方式形色Μ膜用樹脂組成物(例 本專 j,因,喷出頭的噴嘴頂端墨水難以乾燥,不易發生 t基二二基板上喷出墨水後,在墨水層的乾燥過程 的賴劑和高彿點溶劑殘留至最後,難以使 之元王乾燥,生產效率上出現問題。It has been mentioned that the above method has the effect of spraying ink on the surface of the substrate to form a second method (see, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-75205). + In order to spray the ink on the correct pattern with the ink in the mouth, it is required to be straightforward and stable when ejecting ink from the nozzle. However, if the speed is too fast, the ink at the tip of the nozzle of the ejection head is f. The force of the water droplets is offset, and the interval-time is intermittent. The soil water (1) is clogged, and the ink cannot be ejected. = In addition, the ink is too fast when the ink is colored on the substrate, and the surface of the ink layer is _ undulation after squirting or = Π uniform, not enough. And the speed of silking is too slow, __ j ... process makes it completely dependent, or even if it can be sloppy but inefficient. Therefore, it can be difficult to dry only when shooting performance. The ink is so that the ink layer is completely dependent on it. It also needs moderate drying. It is used as a color filter for color filter films, but if the ink filter for color filter film is poorly dispersed, it is due to aggregation between pigment particles. The nozzle portion of the discharge is clogged. Therefore, when the article is used as (4), the dispersibility also affects the discharge performance of the ink. As a technique for suppressing clogging, a coloring agent is disclosed, -6-200906985A resin composition for a liquid-jet type enamel film having a boiling point of 2 or more at a normal pressure and a solvent having a boiling point of 2 or more thieves (for example, the nozzle tip of the ejection head is difficult to dry, and it is difficult to generate a t-based substrate. After the ink is ejected, the solvent in the drying process of the ink layer and the solvent of the high Buddha point remain until the end, and it is difficult to dry the king, and there is a problem in production efficiency.
用嘖述=點,本發明人等提案了—種彩色渡光膜 ::墨ίΐ,所述,墨墨水自噴頭嗔出時直進性、穩定性 择了二勻性南的圖案,同時能夠高效率地進行乾 二二…水包含黏合劑成分、顏料及溶劑,且相對 :土=劑的總量’以大於等於90重量百分比(wt%)的比 列,有:點為靴〜細。c且常溫下的蒸氣壓小於等於 作為主溶劑(參照曰本專利特開 仲水’噴出性、乾燥速度的問題得到解決, 二方式的彩色據光朗製造相關的技術的 研九人們要求開發―種晝質更優異的彩色濾、光膜。 墨水,ρ如下所述的彩色濾光膜用喷墨 久個金^在喷式用的基板上能塗佈於 能夠黑色矩陣之間隙,同時於基板上滴落後 ϊ矩陣ft水後進行乾燥時其硬化收縮得到抑制,在黑 "刀區域内穩定地、重現性良好地維持形狀,同 -7- 200906985 時能夠高效率地進行硬化;該黑 結果在塗敷並利用加熱或曝光2 性提高, ”溶劑接觸,或使用時的處理中也能夠 或不會自基板剝離的著色圖案。 风,,,、相傷 【發明内容】 本發明嚳於上述實際狀況而形成,其第—目的在於提 供一種彩色縣膜用噴墨墨水,該噴墨墨水自噴頭喷出並 滴洛的墨水滴擴散至整個墨水層形賴域的各個角落,藉 由喷墨形平坦性優異,硬錄及與 性也優異。 、本發明之另一目的在於提供一種彩色濾光膜,所述彩 ^慮光膜藉由制上述本發明之彩色濾、光膜时墨墨水而 得到,其具備硬化性良好且與基板的密合性優異、不脫色 且均勻性高的畫素部分。 本發明人進行了深入研究,結果發現:藉由使用特定 的基板密合性優異的化合物能夠解決上述課題,從而完成 了本發明。即’用於解決上述課題的方法如下。 <1>一種彩色濾光膜用喷墨墨水,其特徵在於,至少含 有.(Α)利用酸及自由基中的至少一種進行硬化的化合物; (Β)顏料;(〇分子内含有基板密合性基團的化合物;以及 (D)溶劑。 如上述<1>所記載之彩色濾光膜用喷墨墨水,其特 徵在於更含有(Ε)產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物。 <3>如上述<丨> 或<2>所記載之彩色濾光膜用喷墨墨 -8- 200906985 水,其中含有(F)黏合劑。 <4>如上述< 1>〜<3>中任一項所記載之彩色濾光膜 用喷墨墨水,其中上述(C)分子内含有基板密合性基團的化 合物以下述通式⑴表示。 (〇R1)n L-Si (I) κ 3-nThe present inventors have proposed a color light-passing film: ink roller, which is characterized in that the ink ink is straightforward and stable when it is ejected from the nozzle, and the pattern of the uniform south is selected, and at the same time, it can be high. Efficiently dry the water... The water contains the binder component, the pigment and the solvent, and the relative: the total amount of the soil = agent is in the ratio of 90% by weight or more (wt%), and the point is: the shoe is fine. c. The vapor pressure at normal temperature is less than or equal to that of the main solvent (refer to the 喷 专利 专利 专利 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二Color filter and light film with better enamel. Ink, ρ The color filter film as described below is sprayed with a long time gold. It can be applied to the gap of the black matrix on the substrate for spray coating, and on the substrate. After the ϊ matrix ft water is dripped, the hardening shrinkage is suppressed, and the shape is stably and reproducibly maintained in the black "knife region, and the hardening can be performed efficiently with -7-200906985; the black result A coloring pattern which can be applied by heating or exposure, "solvent contact, or treatment during use, or can not be peeled off from the substrate. Wind,,,, phase damage" SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The first aspect of the invention is to provide an inkjet ink for color film film which is ejected from a nozzle and diffused into droplets of the entire ink layer. The corner is excellent in inkjet shape flatness and excellent in hard recording and compatibility. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter film which is produced by the above-described color filter of the present invention. In the case of a light film, it is obtained by ink, and it has a pixel portion which is excellent in curability and excellent in adhesion to a substrate, and which is not discolored and has high uniformity. The present inventors conducted intensive studies and found that by using a specific The compound having excellent substrate adhesion can solve the above problems, and the present invention has been completed. The method for solving the above problems is as follows: <1> An inkjet ink for a color filter film, characterized in that it contains at least. (Α) a compound which is cured by at least one of an acid and a radical; (Β) a pigment; (a compound containing a substrate-adhesive group in the molecule; and (D) a solvent. As described in the above <1> The inkjet ink for a color filter film further contains a compound which generates at least one of an acid and a radical. <3> The color described in the above <丨> or <2> Filter film Ink ink for color filter film according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the above-mentioned (the above-mentioned) C) A compound having a substrate-adhesive group in the molecule is represented by the following formula (1): (〇R1)n L-Si (I) κ 3-n
通式(I)中,L表示一價有機基團,R1及R2各自獨立地 表示烴基,η表示1〜3的整數。 <5>如上述<1>〜<3>中任一項所記載之彩色濾光膜 用喷墨墨水’其中上述(C)分子内含有基板密合性基團的化 合物以下述通式(Π)表示。 (〇R1)n L'-si (I I)In the formula (I), L represents a monovalent organic group, R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, and η represents an integer of 1 to 3. (5) The inkjet ink for color filter film according to any one of the above-mentioned (1), wherein the compound (C) contains a substrate-adhesive group in the molecule, Formula (Π) indicates. (〇R1)n L'-si (I I)
V κ 3-n 通式(Π)中’L’表示包括親水性部位的一價有機基團, R1及R2各自獨立地表示烴基,η表示1〜3的整數。 <6>如上述=1>〜<3>中任—項所記载之彩色渡光膜 二式=)分子内含有基板密合性基團的化V κ 3-n In the formula (Π), 'L' represents a monovalent organic group including a hydrophilic moiety, R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, and η represents an integer of 1 to 3. <6> The color light-transmitting film described in the above-mentioned =1>~<3>
(Α) -9- 200906985 通式(A)中,M表示含有 表示η+1價的有機連結基, 跑J又鰱的部位,工 η表示卜5的整數,“ 密合性基圏, 主歡m表不1〜3的整數。 <7>-種彩色濾光媒,其於讀體上 >〜<6>中任一項所卞韵夕企,、有利用如上述<1 的著色圖案。 錢之料墨水形成 / k 該喷==;供一種彩色濾光膜用嘴墨墨水, 対墨墨水㈣射出並滴落的墨水滴具麵 散性,擴散至整個墨水層形成區域的各個 、 性及與基㈣密合性優異。 ㈣R時硬化 β另外,藉由使用本發明之彩色濾光膜用噴墨墨水 種具備硬化絲好且絲板的密合性優異、不脫 色且均勻性高的晝素部分的彩色濾光膜。 為讓本發明之上述和其他目的、特徵和優點能更明顯 f ,下文特舉較佳實施例,並配合所附圖式,作詳細說 明如下。 、° 【實施方式】 以下’在本說明書中,「光」包含可見區及不可見區的 波長的電磁波以及放射線,放射線例如包括微波、電子射 線。即’「光」具體是指「波長小於等於5 μιη的電磁波及 電子射線」。 另外,在本發明中,記作「(曱基)丙烯酸基」時,是 指丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基中的任一者或兩者,同樣「(甲 基)丙烯酸酯」是指丙烯酸酯及曱基丙烯酸酯中的任一者或 -10- 200906985 烯醯基」是指丙烯醯基及曱基丙_基中 以下’詳細說明本發明。 及自之彩色濾光顧噴墨墨水至少含有:⑷利用酸 的至少一種進行硬化的化合物;⑻顏料;⑹ =内s有基板密合性基團的化合物;以及(D)溶劑 述成分依序進行說明。 f ί I先’對作為本發明之特徵性成分的(C)分子内含有基 反岔〇性基團的化合物進行闡述。 <(c)分子内含有基板密合性基團的化合物〉 本發明中使用的「分子内含有基板密合性基團的化合 人(以下適當稱作密合劑)」只要是分子内含有與基板的密 5性優異的官能團且可溶於喷墨用墨水的化合物即可,沒 有特別限定。 基板密合性基團是指能夠在其與用於基板的硬質材料 表=之間形成自共價鍵、離子鍵、氫鍵、極性相互作用及 凡侍瓦相互作用所組成的組群中選擇的任何相互作用的基 =,具體可以列舉出:具有自酸根、酸的酯基、酸鏽鹽、 馱金屬鹽、藉由水解生成矽烷醇基的取代基、鏽基、酚性 羥基、兩性離子性基團及螯合性基團所組成的組群中選擇 的一種或一種以上的部分結構的基團。 〜本發明之噴墨墨水用於形成彩色濾光膜的著色圖案, ,色濾光膜用的基板可以列舉出:玻璃、矽基板等無機材 料,或者二醋酸纖維素、三醋酸纖維素、丙酸纖維素、丁 Ί1- 200906985 酸纖維素、醋酸丁酸纖維素、硝酸纖維素 ?二醇醋、聚乙婦、聚苯乙烯、聚丙稀、d: 域藤等有機樹脂材料等。上述基板中,適明 板 ^料或選自絲板的材料,特難的是破^基板或石夕基 Γίίΐ*及其鹽、録根吻鱗基、乙酿賴 ΐ官夕燒醇基的取代基所組成的組群中選擇 1 :團:^較佳的是銨根、藉由水解生成魏醇基Ξ 取代基、膦酸根及其酯基 下 八中,可用作(c)密合劑的化合物可以列舉出 :::含有甲石夕燒基的化合物,可以更具體地列舉出出 述通式(I)所不的有機矽烷化合物。 lr-S\ (〇R1)n ⑴ 表示基團,R1及R2各自獨立地(Α) -9- 200906985 In the general formula (A), M represents an organic linking group which represents an η+1 valence, and a part which runs J and 鲢, and the work η represents an integer of 卜5, "adhesion 圏, main The m is not an integer of 1 to 3. <7>-a kind of color filter medium, which is used in any of the readings >~<6>, and is used as described above < 1 color pattern. Money material ink formation / k The spray ==; for a color filter film with ink ink, ink (4) ink droplets emitted and dripped, diffused to the entire ink layer Each of the regions is excellent in adhesion to the base (4). (4) R-curing at R. In addition, the inkjet ink used in the color filter film of the present invention has a hardened wire and is excellent in adhesion of the silk sheet, and does not decolorize. The above-mentioned and other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent. The preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below. The following are the following: [Embodiment] The following 'in this specification, 'light' contains wavelengths of visible and invisible areas. And electromagnetic radiation, including microwave radiation e.g., electron rays. That is, "light" specifically means "electromagnetic waves and electron beams having a wavelength of 5 μm or less". In the present invention, the term "(fluorenyl)acrylic group" means either or both of an acrylic group and a methacryl group, and the same "(meth)acrylate" means an acrylate. And any of the decyl acrylates or -10-200906985 olefinic group means propylene fluorenyl and fluorenyl propyl group hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. And the color filter inkjet ink comprises at least: (4) a compound which is hardened by at least one of acids; (8) a pigment; (6) a compound having a substrate-adhesive group; and (D) a solvent component sequentially Description. f ί I first 'describes a compound containing a thiol group in the molecule (C) which is a characteristic component of the present invention. <(c) Compound containing a substrate-adhesive group in the molecule> The "combined person having a substrate-adhesive group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as an "adhesive" as appropriate)" as used in the present invention is included in the molecule. The compound having a functional group excellent in the density of the substrate and soluble in the ink for inkjet ink is not particularly limited. The substrate-adhesive group means that it can be selected from a group consisting of a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond, a polar interaction, and a valence interaction between the hard material table for the substrate. Any interaction group = specific examples include: ester groups derived from acid groups, acids, acid rust salts, ruthenium metal salts, substituents formed by hydrolysis to form stanol groups, rust groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, zwitterions One or more partially structured groups selected from the group consisting of a chelating group and a chelating group. The inkjet ink of the present invention is used for forming a colored pattern of a color filter film, and the substrate for the color filter film may be an inorganic material such as glass or a ruthenium substrate, or cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate or propyl acetate. Acid cellulose, Ding Ί 1-200906985 Acidic cellulose, cellulose acetate butyrate, nitrocellulose, glycol vinegar, polyethylene, polystyrene, polypropylene, d: vine and other organic resin materials. Among the above substrates, the material of the plate or the material selected from the silk plate is particularly difficult to break the substrate or the stone base, the salt and the base of the base, and the base of the B. In the group consisting of substituents, 1: group is selected: ^ is preferably an ammonium group, which is hydrolyzed to form a thiol hydrazone substituent, a phosphonate group and an ester group thereof, and can be used as a (c) binder. The compound may be, for example, a compound containing a formazan group, and more specifically, an organodecane compound which is not represented by the formula (I). lr-S\ (〇R1)n (1) represents a group, and R1 and R2 are independently
通式(I)中,L 點考慮,較佳的是為:1!ϊ:基團,但從經時穩定性的觀 圈。… ^ ’其、、、。構内不含有烯鍵性雙鍵的有機基 從本發月之硬化性組成物在進行光硬化時的硬化性的 -12- 200906985 觀點以及利用顯影等製程除去硬化部分以外之部分時的除 去性的觀點考慮,通式(1)更佳的是通式(11)表示的有機石夕院 化合物,即具有包括親水性部位的一價有機基團的矽烷化 合物。 J〇R1)n L'-Si (II) R23-n 獨立=示ί ΐ親水性部位的一價有機基團,R1及R2各自 獨立地表不烴基,η表示1〜3的整數。 〜親水性部位的說明〜 處,一價有機基團1,所包含的親水性部位表示盥水 勺ίί的,極性物質的親和性高的有極性的原子團,例如 、m等原子。上述親水性部位可以列舉出: j所代表的高紐物_成偶極偶極相互作用、偶極 _離子相互作用、離子鍵、氫鍵等的部位。 親水性部位的例子有:包括氧、氣、硫等原子的極性 j或解離基®、驗㈣、氫鍵受體、含有多個孤立電 、且匕們聚集可提供親水場的部位等,具體可以列舉 ^ $基、胺基、幾基、硫幾基、疏基、胺甲醯基、胺甲 部^胺甲醯基胺基等親水性基團;續酿胺部位、尿烷 =位、硫尿焼部位、醯胺部位、酯部位、硫峻部位、脈部 、,脲部位、氧幾氧基部位、錢根、二級胺部位、三級 =、-(CH2CH2〇)a-所示的聚乙婦氧部位(其中&為大於 雜數)以及下述結構式表示的部分結構等的親水 -13- 0 200906985 性部位等 一價親水性部位In the general formula (I), the point L is considered to be: 1! ϊ: a group, but from the viewpoint of stability over time. ... ^ ‘its, ,,. The organic group which does not contain an ethylenic double bond in the structure is removed from the viewpoint of the hardenability of the curable composition of the present month at the time of photocuring, and the removal of the portion other than the hardened portion by a process such as development. In view of the above, the formula (1) is more preferably an organolithium compound represented by the formula (11), that is, a decane compound having a monovalent organic group including a hydrophilic moiety. J〇R1)n L'-Si (II) R23-n Independent = a monovalent organic group of a hydrophilic moiety, R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, and η represents an integer of 1 to 3. - Description of the hydrophilic portion ~ The monovalent organic group 1 contains a hydrophilic moiety which represents a hydrophobic atomic group having a high affinity for a polar substance, for example, an atom such as m. Examples of the hydrophilic portion include a high-molecular substance represented by j, a dipole-polar interaction, a dipole-ion interaction, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond, and the like. Examples of hydrophilic sites include: the polarity j or the dissociation group of oxygen, gas, sulfur, etc., the test (4), the hydrogen bond acceptor, the part containing a plurality of isolated electricity, and the aggregation of the hydrophilic field, etc. Examples thereof include a hydrophilic group such as a group, an amine group, a aryl group, a thiol group, a thiol group, an amine carbaryl group, an amine carbamide group, a urethane group, a urethane group, and a urethane group. Sulfur urinary tract, guanamine, ester, sulphur, vein, urea, oxy-oxyl, kegan, secondary amine, tertiary =, -(CH2CH2〇)a- A polyvalent hydrophilic moiety such as a hydrophilic portion of the polyoxyethylene moiety (where & is larger than the number of impurities) and a partial structure represented by the following structural formula
COOM -SOM1 〇 0 H 1 -P-OM1 OM2 二價親水性部位 9 ——P-0— I ή OM1 Ο o-p^o 0. 0COOM -SOM1 〇 0 H 1 -P-OM1 OM2 Divalent hydrophilic part 9 ——P-0— I ή OM1 Ο o-p^o 0. 0
II —s-ο—II —s-ο—
II 0 -價親水性部位 〇II 0 - Valence hydrophilic part 〇
II -p-ο—II -p-ο-
I 〇、 鏈 各自獨立地麵氫原子、 價金屬原子或NR4+,其巾R麵碳原子數為卜4的烴 上述親水性部位中,從經時穩定性的觀點考慮,更佳 的是不與以下說明的(A)成分中所包含的化合物即含有烯 鍵性不飽和雙鍵的化合物之烯鍵性雙鍵發生邁克爾加成反 應(Michael addition)的結構,因此從上述觀 的是羥基、羰基、硫羰基、胺甲醯基、胺甲’g慮’較佳 _氣基、胺甲 -14- 200906985 醯基胺基、尿烧部位、硫尿院部位、醯胺部位、匕 硫醚部位、脲部位、硫脲部位、氧幾氧基部位知。卩位、 級胺部位、-(CH2CH2〇)a-所示的聚乙烯复^根、三 大於等於2的整數)以及下述結構式表示的部分^構,a為 一價親水性部位 Ο 〇M2 0 —COOM —έ一 OM1I 〇, each of the chains independently of a hydrogen atom, a valence metal atom or NR4+, and the hydrocarbon having the number of carbon atoms on the R-plane of the towel is the above-mentioned hydrophilic portion, and from the viewpoint of stability over time, it is more preferable The compound contained in the component (A) described below, that is, the structure in which the ethylenic double bond of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is subjected to a Michael addition reaction, is considered to be a hydroxyl group or a carbonyl group. , thiocarbonyl, amine methyl sulfhydryl, amine methyl 'g care' is preferred _ gas base, amine methyl-14-200906985 thiol amine group, urinary burning site, thiourea site, guanamine site, sulfonate site, The urea site, the thiourea site, and the oxygenoxy group are known. a hydrazine, a hydrazine moiety, a polyethylene complex represented by -(CH2CH2〇)a-, an integer of three or more, and a partial structure represented by the following structural formula: a is a monovalent hydrophilic moiety Ο 〇 M2 0 —COOM —έ一OM1
II 〇 二價親水性部位 〇 〇 I! π 一s-o— —p-ο— 儿 I i 〇 OM1II 〇 Divalent hydrophilic part 〇 〇 I! π s-o--p-ο- 儿 I i 〇 OM1
三價親水性部位〇 II ――-p?—Trivalent hydrophilic site 〇 II ——-p?—
Ο II 〇一P—〇一 0、 另外,若作為上述通式(II)之部分結構的 發生水解反應’則隨著時間的變化,硬化性組成物有1時t 成為增黏等的要因,從不易誘發上述水解反應的觀點考 慮,親水性部位中,較佳的是羥基、羰基、硫羰基、尿烷 4位、硫尿烧部位、酿胺部位、S旨部位、硫驗部位、胺甲 -15- 200906985 醯基、胺甲醯氧基、胺甲醯基胺基、脲部位、硫脲部位、 三級胺部位、-(CH2CH2〇)a-所示的聚乙烯氧部位(其中,a 為大於等於2的整數);更佳的是羥基、尿烷部位、硫尿烷 部位、醯胺部位、磺醯胺部位、酯部位、脲部位、硫脲部 位、二級胺部位、-(CH2CH2〇)a-所示的聚乙稀氧部位(其 中,a為大於等於2的整數);最佳的是羥基、尿烷部位、 硫尿院部位、脲部位、三級胺部位、_(CH2CH2〇)a_所示的 聚乙烯氧部位(其中,a為大於等於2的整數)。 在可用於(C)密合劑的有機矽烷化合物的分子内,較佳 的是具有至少一個上述親水性部位,更佳的是具有多個上 述親水性部位。當分子内具有多個親水性部位時,這些親 水性部位可以相同也可以不同。 — 上述通式⑴及通式(Π)中,R1及R2較佳的是各自獨立 表示碳原子數為1〜6烴基,所述烴基可具有取代基。上述 烴基中較佳的是直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基等。R1及R2的 較佳的例子有:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁 基、戊基、己基、環己基、苯基’其中較佳的是甲基、乙 基。 η表示1〜3的整數,從穩定性的觀點考慮,較佳的是 η為3。 適合作為上述(C)密合劑的特定有機矽烷化合物的進 一步較佳的例子可以列舉出:下述通式(111)或通式(Ι ν)表示 的化合物。 -16- 200906985 尸R1)n R2"Six (III) 3·π R2 卜6上的H式(m)中,f^R2各自獨立地表示碳原子數為 R及R2與通式(1)或(11)中的Rl及R2 同義,較佳的例子也相同。 κ 在盆碳原子數為1〜12的烴鏈。需要說明的是,R3 可以含有環結構、不飽和鍵。另外,所述 其結構内還可具有—價親水性部位。 中二為叶親t部位是指在上虹,中朗的親水性部位 乍2仏親水性部位而列舉的部位,較佳的例子也相同。 I偏親水性部位。此處所說的親水性部位是指 9㈣親水性部財作為—價親賴部位而列 舉的部位’較麵例子仙㈤。 η為3"表示1〜3的整數’從穩定性峨點考慮,較佳的是Ο II 〇 P 〇 〇 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 , , , , , , , , , , , , From the viewpoint of not easily inducing the above hydrolysis reaction, among the hydrophilic sites, preferred are a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, a urethane 4 position, a sulfur-urea burned portion, a brewed amine portion, a S-site portion, a sulfur test site, and an amine group. -15- 200906985 A polyoxyl moiety represented by a mercapto group, an amine methyl methoxy group, an amine mercaptoamine group, a urea moiety, a thiourea moiety, a tertiary amine moiety, and -(CH2CH2〇)a- (where a More than or equal to 2); more preferred are hydroxyl, urethane, thiourethane, guanamine, sulfonamide, ester, urea, thiourea, secondary amine, -(CH2CH2 〇) a---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------聚乙烯) The polyethylene oxygen moiety shown by a_ (where a is an integer of 2 or more). In the molecule of the organodecane compound which can be used for the (C) binder, it is preferred to have at least one of the above hydrophilic sites, and more preferably a plurality of the above hydrophilic sites. When there are a plurality of hydrophilic sites in the molecule, these hydrophilic sites may be the same or different. In the above formula (1) and formula (Π), R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Preferred among the above hydrocarbon groups are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups and the like. Preferred examples of R1 and R2 are: methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, wherein methyl, B are preferred. base. η represents an integer of 1 to 3, and from the viewpoint of stability, η is preferably 3. Further preferred examples of the specific organodecane compound which is suitable as the above (C) binder include a compound represented by the following formula (111) or formula (?). -16- 200906985 Corpse R1)n R2"Six (III) 3·π R2 In the formula H (m), the F^R2 independently represents the number of carbon atoms R and R2 and the formula (1) or R1 and R2 in (11) are synonymous, and preferred examples are also the same. κ A hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the basin. It should be noted that R3 may have a ring structure or an unsaturated bond. In addition, the structure may also have a valence hydrophilic moiety. The second part is the leaf part t part, which is the part listed in the hydrophilic part of the upper rainbow and the middle part of the 朗2仏 hydrophilic part, and preferred examples are also the same. I is a hydrophilic part. Here, the hydrophilic portion refers to a portion of the (four) hydrophilic portion which is listed as a price-dependent portion. η is 3" represents an integer of 1 to 3, which is preferable from the viewpoint of stability.
X'-R (〇R1)n q —Si (IV) 3-π 1〜6的㈣)中f及^各自獨立地表示碳原子數為 n n 及R與通式(1)或(π)中的R1及R2X'-R (〇R1)nq —Si (IV) 3-π 1~6 (4)) wherein f and ^ each independently represent a carbon atom of nn and R and a formula (1) or (π) R1 and R2
冋義’較佳的例子也相同。 u及R -17- 200906985 各自獨立地表示單鍵或碳原子數為1 〜12的烴鏈。其中,當r4、r5、r6&r7 可以含有環結構、不飽和鍵°上述烴鏈可以具 有取上述取代基可以含有_價親水性部位。 某。子或可以包括親水性部位的一價取代 i q值的二俨戍-^地表示二價親水性部位’ Ζ表示符 示二严朝親水性部位。即,q為1時,ζ表 上、求^槽_二立,q為2時,ζ表示三價親水性部位。 明二二二二仏的親水性部位與在上述通式⑴或⑻的說 例示作為二價或三價的親水性部位而 數/表示0〜20的整數,q表示1或2,Γ表示W3的整 η表示1〜3的整數。 當上述通式_中的R3或通式⑽中r4、r5、r6及 叫其:述煙鍵較佳的是包括直鏈、支鏈或環狀 二,在内的絲鏈、方香環。_可以具有取代基,盆中 ==烴鏈中的取代基,可以列舉如:脂肪族基團、 η團:,基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、脂肪族氧 基、方香私氧基、雜環氧基、親水性基。其中, 碳原子數為卜12的脂肪族基團、芳香族基團、雜環=疋 =子、氰基、親水性基團。碳原子數為卜12的脂ς族 基團的較佳的例子可以列舉出:甲基、乙基、丙其、 基、丁基、異丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、辛基等,其= 更佳的是甲基、乙基。芳香族基團的例子可以列舉出:苯 "18- 200906985 基、萘基、蒽基,更佳的是苯基。雜環可以列舉出:嗎啉 ,、四氫糠基、吡咯基、呋喃基、苯硫基、苯並吡咯基、 苯並呋喃基、苯並苯硫基、吡唑基、異噁唑基、異噻唑基、 吲唑基、苯並異噁唑基、苯並異噻唑基、咪唑基、噁唑^、 噻唑基、苯並咪唑基、苯並噁唑基、苯並噻唑基、^啶^、 喹啉基、異喹啉基、噠嗪基、嘧啶基、吼嗪基、噌啉^、 酞嗪基、喹唑啉基、喹喔啉基、吖啶基、菲啶基、酞嗪基、 噚唑基、噚啉基、嘌呤基、三唑基、噁二唑基、噻二唑基, 更佳的是嗎啉基、四氫糠基、吡啶基。 一價親水性部位相同的部位,具體 基、靆基、銨根、胺甲醯基、胺甲 以及下述結構式表示的取代基。 〇 —COOM —s~〇m1 Ο 在上述通式(III)中的R3或通式(Iv)中的r4、r5、r6 及R7為二價烴基的情況下,可以含有的—價親水性部位可 =舉出:與上述通式(I)或⑻中親水性部位之項所記載之 具體可以列舉如:羥基、胺 胺甲醯氧基、胺甲醯基胺基The preferred example of 冋 ’ is also the same. u and R -17- 200906985 each independently represent a single bond or a hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Here, when r4, r5, r6 & r7 may have a ring structure or an unsaturated bond, the above hydrocarbon chain may have a substituent which may contain a valence hydrophilic moiety. certain. The sub-ordination may include a monovalent substitution of the hydrophilic moiety, and the divalent hydrophilicity of the i q value indicates that the divalent hydrophilic moiety is represented by the second strictivity toward the hydrophilic moiety. That is, when q is 1, the enthalpy is found on the ζ table, and when q is 2, ζ represents a trivalent hydrophilic portion. The hydrophilic portion of the 2222 bismuth and the above-described general formula (1) or (8) are exemplified as a divalent or trivalent hydrophilic moiety and represent an integer of 0 to 20, q represents 1 or 2, and Γ represents W3. The integer η represents an integer of 1 to 3. R3 in the above formula or R4, r5, and r6 in the formula (10) and the so-called "smoke bond" are preferably a chain, a square ring including a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic ring. _ may have a substituent, in the basin == substituents in the hydrocarbon chain, for example, an aliphatic group, an η group: a group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an aliphatic oxy group, a galantinc A group, a heterocyclic oxy group, a hydrophilic group. Among them, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 12, an aromatic group, a hetero ring = oxime = a cyano group, and a hydrophilic group. Preferable examples of the aliphatic steroid group having a carbon number of 12 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group, and the like. , its = more preferred is methyl, ethyl. Examples of the aromatic group include benzene "18-200906985, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The heterocyclic ring may, for example, be morpholine, tetrahydroindenyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, phenylthio, benzopyrrolyl, benzofuranyl, benzophenylthio, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, Isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazole, thiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, ^pyridine , quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, porphyrin, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, acridinyl, phenanthryl, pyridazinyl , carbazolyl, porphyrinyl, fluorenyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, more preferably morpholinyl, tetrahydroindenyl, pyridyl. A site having the same monovalent hydrophilic moiety, a specific group, a thiol group, an ammonium group, an amine carbenyl group, an amine group, and a substituent represented by the following structural formula. 〇—COOM —s~〇m1 Ο In the case where R3 in the above formula (III) or r4, r5, r6 and R7 in the formula (Iv) is a divalent hydrocarbon group, the valence hydrophilic moiety may be contained. It can be exemplified that specific examples of the hydrophilic moiety in the above formula (I) or (8) include a hydroxyl group, an amine amine methyl methoxy group, and an amine methyl amide group.
-19- 200906985-19- 200906985
—COOM 9 Ο f-OM1 —P-OM1 〇 OM2 上述結構式中’Μ'Μ1、M2各自獨立地表示氫原子、 -價金屬廣'子或NR/ ’其中尺表示碳原子數為卜4的煙 鏈。 當上述通式(IV)中的γΐ、γ2、ζ為二價親水性部位時, 其你j子可以列舉出:與上述通式⑴或(π)巾親水性部位之項 二5己載之二價親水性部位相同的部位,具體可以列舉如: 羰基、硫羰基、尿烷部位、硫尿烷部位、醯胺部位、酯部 f、硫㈣位、雜胺部位、脲躲、硫脲部位、二級胺 邛位、-(CH2CH2〇)a·所示的聚乙烯氧部位(其中,&大於 的整數)、氧缝基部仙及下述結構式表示的部分 結構等。 9 〇 —S-〇- —P-0- 0 6m1 一價金屬原子或 上述結構式中, 4 ,其中R表示碳原子數為1〜4的煙鍵 可以中的Z為三價親水:部位時,其例子 之:=仏1上料灿或(π)巾料”奴項所記載 部:=相同的部位,具體可以列舉出:三級胺 脲雜、德雜錢下雜構—示的部分結構 -20- 200906985 等。 〇 9 ~Ρ~〇— —Ο-Ρ-ο— f ] 〇\ R3較佳的是碳原子數為1〜5的亞甲基鏈或可具有取 代基且鏈中可包括氧原子的亞甲基鏈,更佳的是碳原子數 ί 為3的亞甲基鍵。 在本發明中,可適合用作(C)密合劑的有機矽烷化合物 的具體例子如下所示,但並不受限於此。 通式(1)表示的有機矽烷化合物可以列舉如:β-(3,4-環 氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、縮水甘油氧丙基三甲氧基 矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧丙基三乙氧基矽烷、曱基三甲氧基矽 、元甲基二乙氧基石夕烧、乙稀基三乙酸氧基碎院、γ-氯丙 基一甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基 烷、Y-氯丙基甲基二曱氧基矽烷、三曱基氯矽烷、2_(3,4- 、 壌氧%已基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、二烯丙基三曱氧基矽烷、 :乙氧基矽烷、二(三曱氧基甲矽烷基)己烷、苯基三甲氧 基%燒等。 以下,列舉進一步較佳的例子,即通式(11)、(111)或(IV) 不的有機矽烷化合物〔例示化合物(1)〜(62)〕結構。 "21- 200906985 ⑴ h2n ⑶ ⑹ h2n ⑵ HS々^^Si(〇Me)3 (4) 八 、 H2N/^/^Si(〇Me)3 17) /—COOM 9 Ο f-OM1 —P-OM1 〇OM2 In the above structural formula, 'Μ' Μ1 and M2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a valence metal, or an NR/', where the squaring indicates that the number of carbon atoms is 4 Smoke chain. When γΐ, γ2, ζ in the above formula (IV) is a divalent hydrophilic moiety, it can be exemplified by the fact that the hydrophilic portion of the above formula (1) or (π) towel is contained in Specific sites of the divalent hydrophilic moiety include, for example, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, a urethane moiety, a thiourethane moiety, a guanamine moiety, an ester moiety f, a sulfur (tetra) moiety, a heteroamine moiety, a urea thief, and a thiourea moiety. A secondary amine oxime, a polyethylene oxygen moiety represented by -(CH2CH2〇)a· (wherein & greater than an integer), an oxygen slit base, and a partial structure represented by the following structural formula. 9 〇-S-〇--P-0- 0 6m1 monovalent metal atom or the above structural formula, 4, wherein R represents a cigarette bond having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and Z in the structure may be trivalent hydrophilic: For example: =仏1上上灿灿 or (π) towel material. The part of the slave item: = the same part, which can be exemplified by: the tertiary amine urea complex, the German miscellaneous money under the heterogeneous structure - the part shown Structure -20- 200906985, etc. 〇9 ~Ρ~〇-Ο-Ρ-ο- f] 〇\ R3 is preferably a methylene chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or may have a substituent in the chain The methylene chain of an oxygen atom may be included, and a methylene bond having a carbon number of 3 is more preferable. In the present invention, specific examples of the organodecane compound which can be suitably used as the (C) binder are as follows. The organodecane compound represented by the formula (1) may, for example, be β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane or glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy.矽, γ-glycidoxypropyl triethoxy decane, decyl trimethoxy fluorene, dimethyl methyl diethoxy sulphur, ethylene triacetate acetaminophen, γ-chloropropyl monomethoxy base Alkane, vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxyalkane, Y-chloropropylmethyldimethoxyoxydecane, tridecylchlorodecane, 2_(3,4-, oxime%)B Further, preferred are exemplified by exemplified by trimethyl methoxy decane, diallyl tridecyl decane, ethoxy decane, bis(trimethoxymethoxymethyl sulfonyl) hexane, phenyl trimethoxy hydroxy, etc. An example is an organic decane compound of the general formula (11), (111) or (IV) [exemplary compound (1) to (62)] structure. "21- 200906985 (1) h2n (3) (6) h2n (2) HS々^^ Si(〇Me)3 (4) 八, H2N/^/^Si(〇Me)3 17) /
Si(〇Et)3 ⑼ ⑽Si(〇Et)3 (9) (10)
HSHS
i ^OEt Si OEti ^OEt Si OEt
Si(OMe): (11)Si(OMe): (11)
H2NH2N
t 、A^\z^sK〇Me)3t , A^\z^sK〇Me)3
HO /SkOEt (14) \HO /SkOEt (14) \
(16) 〇⑽ 9 u Kr^s/"''^"Si(〇Me)2 HC^^/\^^Si(〇Me)3 H2N(16) 〇(10) 9 u Kr^s/"''^"Si(〇Me)2 HC^^/\^^Si(〇Me)3 H2N
OH (IT) H〆 -22- (18)200906985OH (IT) H〆 -22- (18)200906985
Si(OMe)3Si(OMe)3
(21)(twenty one)
Si(OMe)3 (22)Si(OMe)3 (22)
N^-^Si(OEt)3 H (23)N^-^Si(OEt)3 H (23)
Si(OEt)3 (24)Si(OEt)3 (24)
N^^^Si(OEt)3 HN^^^Si(OEt)3 H
Si(OEt)3 Η H -23- (25) 200906985 (26)Si(OEt)3 Η H -23- (25) 200906985 (26)
N’'x~^Si(OEt}3 Η (27)N’'x~^Si(OEt}3 Η (27)
N ΗN Η
Si(OEt)3Si(OEt)3
N^-^SKOEt), H 200906985 (34)N^-^SKOEt), H 200906985 (34)
ΟΟ
S^^^SiiOMe), (35) 、Si(OEt)3S^^^SiiOMe), (35), Si(OEt)3
(36) H2Nx/\n, H 、Si(OEt)3 i (37) H2N、 (38)(36) H2Nx/\n, H, Si(OEt)3 i (37) H2N, (38)
Ή' v、Si(OEt>3 H aΉ' v, Si(OEt>3 H a
N ^Si(OEt)3 H (39) Λ (40)N ^Si(OEt)3 H (39) Λ (40)
S \^~Si(OMe)3 (41) (42) 〇OB)3 'N^Y^Si(OEt)3 (43) 〇 β人Ν' J Η 'Si(OEt)3 (44) HO_S \^~Si(OMe)3 (41) (42) 〇OB)3 'N^Y^Si(OEt)3 (43) 〇 β人Ν' J Η 'Si(OEt)3 (44) HO_
OH -25- (45) 200906985OH -25- (45) 200906985
Η Η (46) ΗΗ Η (46) Η
(48)(48)
X NT ν、Si(OEt>3 Η (49) ? (50) (Eto)3sr Κ OH 」〉X NT ν, Si(OEt>3 Η (49) ? (50) (Eto)3sr Κ OH 》>
-26- 200906985 (52)-26- 200906985 (52)
ο A Ν Ηο A Ν Η
、Si(OMe)3 (54) 〇 (55),Si(OMe)3 (54) 〇 (55)
ΟΟ
V (5δ) NaO、|/\/Ck^( Ν Ο -SKOEthV (5δ) NaO, |/\/Ck^( Ν Ο -SKOEth
Η 、Si(OEt)3 (61) 叉 Ν Η 叉 (62) Ο 、S’^^ Si(OMe)3 可適合用作本發明之(C )密合劑的特定有機矽烷化合 -27- 200906985 物例如可以按照以下方法進行合成。 、以下,以上述例示化合物(22)為例,給出具體的合成 方法可用於本發明的其他特定有機石 夕燒化合物也可以藉 由選,原料和催化劑等,以相同之方案進行合成。需要說 明的是’合成方法並不限於以下方法。 向5〇 g (0.373 mol)的二甘醇單乙醚中加入1〇〇 ml的乙腈 使之溶解,之後加入0.50 g的NeostanU-600 (日東化成製 ( =系催化劑)及92.2 g (0.373 mol)的三乙氧基(3_丙基異氰 酉^^曰)矽烷,在50 C下攪拌4小時。反應結束後將反應液 冷卻至室溫,之後加入100 ml的正己烷清洗3次,分離收 集下層。麵去溶劑,得到142 g (0.373 mol)的化合物(22)(收 率為100%)。 本發明中的(C)密合劑之進一步較佳的樣態可以列舉 出:分子内含有基板密合性基團之硬化性化合物。所述化 合物含有上述基材密合性基團且含有至少一個烯鍵性不飽 和鍵,其利用酸、自由基等起始種形成交聯結構而硬化, V 或者利用聚合反應進行硬化。上述化合物較佳的是分子内 3有兩個或兩個以上的稀鍵性不飽和鍵,更佳的是分子内 含有三個或三個以上的烯鍵性不飽和鍵,進一步較佳的是 分子内含有四個或四個以上的烯鍵性不飽和鍵,最佳的是 分子内含有五個或五個以上的烯鍵性不飽和鍵。 就具密合性基團之硬化性化合物而言,從相互作用之 強度的觀點考慮,較佳的是含有可形成離子鍵、多點氫鍵、 共價鍵的取代基的化合物;從來自與基板之相互作用之強 -28- 200906985 度的基板密合性的觀點以及未曝光部分之顯影性、曝光部 分之膜強度的觀點考慮,較佳的是,上述化合物中含有自 銨根、膦酸根及其目旨基、錄基甲魏基所組成的 選擇的官能團。 作為上述具密合性基團之硬化性化合物,可以列舉出 下述通式(A)表示的化合物。 上述通式(A)中,Μ表示具烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵的部位, L表,η+1彳貝的有機連結基,χ表示硬質材料密合性基團。 η表示1〜5的整數,m表示1〜3的整數。 Μ所示之結構之較麵例子有:不飽和紐(例如,丙 稀酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸 等^醋類、酿胺類。還可以列舉出:利用含有異氛酸醋基 或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和竣酸酯或醯麵與單 , 冑能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫_的加成反應、以及含 " ㈣素基團或曱科醯氧⑽縣性取代基之不飽和紐 酉曰或S&胺類與單吕月匕或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取 代反應而生成的結構。作為其他例子,還可以使用以不飽 和膦酸、苯乙烯、乙稀基峻等代替上述不飽和誠的化合 物組群。其中,較佳的是(甲基)丙稀酸基、苯乙稀、乙稀 基醚結構。進-步触的是含有(?基)丙雜基的結構。 上述通式(A)t ’ L表示由含有烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵之部 分結構之數目⑻決定的n+1價有機連結基,其結構中含有 -29- 200906985 ίο的烴環結 氮fr硫原子或碳原子數為3… 鍵、硫尿ΐ鍵所群胺=尿素 環基、鹵素原早、蘇且^一 万甘秩卷圏、雜 基、芳香族氧基、:環氧基二硝族氧 雜環硫基、脂肪族續醢胺基香族硫基、 氧基、心=== ^胺基、_族贿懿、料族絲絲、雜環贿 '族續 族經胺基、雜環經胺篡方香 精㈣A „^絲甲魏基、脂肪族氧甲魏基、 雜胺i t旨__胺基、芳香族氧幾胺基、 :L‘曰肪族硫幾胺基、芳香族硫幾胺基、雜環 ——々甘册妝療胺基、 S 胺甲醯氧基、胺甲醯基胺基、脂細 it香π醯基、_醯基、脂肪族罐, 、芳香雜氧氧基、雜環氧 、ΪΪ基、脂肪族磺醯氧基、芳香族磺醯氧基、 土月曰肪無偶氮基、芳香族偶氮基、雜環偶氮A、 =以香族亞梅、雜環亞==二 只醯乳基1香族俩祕、雜、 績基、膦醯基、膦酿胺基。 錄胺祕基、 爽人基板密合性基圏的化合物之較佳方案的具 ϋι /Λ 性化合物m⑷表抑化合物中, 在Μ表不的、、、吉構中以烯鍵性雙鍵性基團作為丙稀酿基時 -30- 200906985 的具體例子〔(MA-l)〜(MA-ll)〕如下所示,但並不受限 於此。並且,丙烯醯基可以換成除上述丙烯醯基以外的取 代基。另外,Μ表示的結構内可以含有互不相同的兩個或 兩個以上的稀鍵性雙鍵性基團。 -31- 200906985 (MA-l) (MA-2) o 0 (MA-3) °r°iΗ, Si(OEt)3 (61) Fork Η ( (62) Ο, S'^^ Si(OMe)3 may be suitable as the (C) adhesive of the present invention, the specific organic decane compound -27-200906985 For example, the synthesis can be carried out in the following manner. Hereinafter, the above-exemplified compound (22) is exemplified, and a specific synthesis method can be given. Other specific organic stone-burning compounds which can be used in the present invention can also be synthesized in the same manner by using a raw material, a catalyst, and the like. It should be noted that the 'synthesis method is not limited to the following methods. To 5 g (0.373 mol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 1 ml of acetonitrile was added to dissolve it, and then 0.50 g of Neostan U-600 (made by Nitto Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 92.2 g (0.373 mol) were added. Triethoxy (3-propylisocyanohydrazide) decane was stirred at 50 C for 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and then washed by adding 100 ml of n-hexane three times. The lower layer was collected, and the solvent was removed to obtain 142 g (0.373 mol) of the compound (22) (yield: 100%). Further preferred embodiments of the (C) adhesive in the present invention may be exemplified by intramolecular inclusion. a curable compound of a substrate-adhesive group, wherein the compound contains the above-mentioned substrate-adhesive group and contains at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond, which is hardened by forming a crosslinked structure using an initial species such as an acid or a radical. , V or hardening by a polymerization reaction. The above compound preferably has two or more dilute unsaturated bonds in the molecule 3, and more preferably contains three or more ethylenic bonds in the molecule. More preferably, the unsaturated bond contains four or more molecules in the molecule. The bond-unsaturated bond preferably contains five or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule. From the viewpoint of the strength of the interaction, the hardening compound having an adhesive group Preferred are compounds containing a substituent capable of forming an ionic bond, a multi-point hydrogen bond, or a covalent bond; from the viewpoint of adhesion from a substrate having a strong interaction with a substrate of -28 to 200906985 degrees, and an unexposed portion From the viewpoint of developability and film strength of the exposed portion, it is preferred that the above compound contains a selected functional group composed of an ammonium group, a phosphonate group, a target group thereof, and a mesyl group. The compound represented by the following formula (A) is exemplified as the sclerosing compound of the group. In the above formula (A), Μ represents a moiety having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and L represents η+1彳. The organic linking group of bismuth, χ represents a hard material adhesion group. η represents an integer of 1 to 5, and m represents an integer of 1 to 3. The comparative examples of the structure shown by Μ are: unsaturated neon (for example, C Dilute acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, different Oleic acid, maleic acid, etc., vinegars, and amines. It is also possible to use an unsaturated phthalate ester containing an electrophilic substituent such as an isophthalic acid sulfonic acid group or an epoxy group, or a ruthenium and a ruthenium. Energy- or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, sulfur-addition reactions, and unsaturated neonates or S& amines and monoluenes containing "tetracycline groups or oxime oxygen (10) county substituents Or a structure formed by a substitution reaction of a polyfunctional alcohol, an amine, or a thiol. As another example, an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a styrene, an ethylene group, or the like may be used instead of the above-mentioned unsaturated compound group. Among them, preferred are (meth)acrylic acid group, styrene ethylene glycol, and ethyl ether structure. The step-in-step is a structure containing a (?-) propyl group. The above formula (A)t ' L represents an n+1 valent organic linking group determined by the number (8) of the partial structure containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and the structure thereof contains a hydrocarbon ring nitrogen nitrogen of -29-200906985 ίο The number of sulfur atoms or carbon atoms is 3... bond, sulfur uranium bond group amine = urea ring group, halogen original, su and ^ 10,000 gansin, oxime, aromatic oxy, epoxy group N-type oxo-heterothio group, aliphatic hydrazine-based sulfonylthio group, oxy group, heart===^amine group, _ family bribe, ancestry group, heterocyclic bribe 'family continuation amine group , heterocyclic ring by amine scented aroma (4) A „^ silk Weiwei, aliphatic oxymethylwei group, heteroamine __ amine group, aromatic oxyamino group, : L' 曰 aliphatic thio-amine Aromatic thiolamine, heterocyclic ring - 々 册 疗 疗 疗 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 Aromatic heterooxyoxy, heteroepoxy, fluorenyl, aliphatic sulfonyloxy, aromatic sulfonyloxy, azo-free azo, aromatic azo, heterocyclic azo A, Xiangmei yam, heterocyclic y == two sputum base 1 The scent of the scent of the scent of the scent of the compound of the scent of the scent of the compound of the scent of the compound of the scent of the compound The specific example of -30-200906985 [(MA-l)~(MA-ll)] is as follows, in the case where the olefinic double bond group is used as the propylene group in the Μ, 、, 吉However, the propylene fluorenyl group may be replaced with a substituent other than the above acryl fluorenyl group. Further, the structure represented by Μ may contain two or more dilute bonds different from each other. Double bond group -31- 200906985 (MA-l) (MA-2) o 0 (MA-3) °r°i
(MA-4) 0=(MA-4) 0=
(MA-7) o o(MA-7) o o
o (MA-6) 〇=o (MA-6) 〇=
'NT 'NT 0 o人 νΛο o o'NT 'NT 0 o people νΛο o o
o °1 O 0o °1 O 0
q p °1 °1 °1 -32- 200906985 (MA-9)q p °1 °1 °1 -32- 200906985 (MA-9)
〇〇
OHOH
ο OH (MA-10)ο OH (MA-10)
T o 叉 Ν' f v 〇 0 o人问人〇 0^0 ΛT o 叉 f' f v 〇 0 o people ask people 〇 0^0 Λ
)<^〇 O^fO)<^〇 O^fO
V (MA-11)V (MA-11)
較佳的是,在上述通式(A)中,當m為1時X自下述 式表示的一價官能團所組成的組群中選擇。 -33- 200906985 ο II ~Ρ-〇Μ 1Preferably, in the above formula (A), when m is 1, X is selected from the group consisting of monovalent functional groups represented by the following formula. -33- 200906985 ο II ~Ρ-〇Μ 1
R 11 ΟΜ 2 -so3h so3m1 -n-r12 R13 X'R 11 ΟΜ 2 -so3h so3m1 -n-r12 R13 X'
M1OOC M1OOCM1OOC M1OOC
COOM1 COOM2 上述式中’R〜R13各自獨立地表 炔基或烯基;Μ1及Μ2各自獨立地# + 氣丞方丞 基;X·表示反陰離子。拉地表残原子、金屬原子或鏽 干的較ί ΐί/上述通式(Α)中,當m為2時X自下述式表 不的一彳貝g忐團所組成的組群中選擇。COOM1 COOM2 In the above formula, 'R to R13 each independently represent an alkynyl group or an alkenyl group; Μ1 and Μ2 are each independently # + a gas 丞 丞 group; X· represents a counter anion. In the above formula (Α), when m is 2, X is selected from the group consisting of a mussel g group of the following formula.
9 〇—s-o— ΟΜ2 A x R12 占 12 0 R130 上述式中,R12〜R13各自獨立地 炔基或埽基;M2表示氫原子、金屬 離子。 I屬原子或銨根;X·表示反 -34- 200906985 一較佳的是,在上述通式⑷中,當m為3時X自下述々矣 示的二價官能團所組成的組群中選擇。 〇 II -Ο—1^-〇— Ο9 〇 - s - o - ΟΜ 2 A x R12 occupies 12 0 R130 In the above formula, R12 to R13 are each independently an alkynyl group or a fluorenyl group; and M2 represents a hydrogen atom or a metal ion. I is an atom or an ammonium group; X· represents a trans-34-200906985. Preferably, in the above formula (4), when m is 3, X is a group consisting of divalent functional groups represented by the following: select. 〇 II -Ο—1^-〇—Ο
R X' 1 I 炔基p;==立子— 所、式㈧的X含有反陰離子作為部分結構時, =反陰離子Χ·可以麟如:氟陰離子、氯陰離子、填陰 =離子等鹵素陰離子;醋酸陰離子、三 =:硫酸陰離子、硫酸氫陰離子、甲續酸陰離子、三1 曱硫酸陰離子、過氯酸陰離子、四氟嫩陰離子、六= 酸陰離子、六氯録酸陰離子、六氟錄酸陰離子等。並中, 合物聽解性及穩紐㈣度考慮,較佳的是幽 子、石=碰離子、四氟硼酸陰離子及六氟魏陰離子等離 點考ϊ= 二:;==,從密合性的觀 二;=具提高硬ί性之特性的觀點考慮,可以 部1:==團和包括缔鍵性不飽和雙鍵的 在本發明之噴墨墨水的固體成分中 板密合性基團的化合物的含量較佳的是wt%,2 -35- 200906985 佳的是0.05〜20wt%,進一步較佳的是(^〜忉wt%。 需要說明的是,當使用含密合性基團的硬化性化合物 作為(C)成分即进、合劑時,其添加量較佳的是0.01〜60 wt% ’進一步較佳的是0.05〜40 Wt%的範圍。 <(A)利用酸及自由基中的至少一種進行硬化的化合物> 可用於本發明的(A)利用酸及自由基中的至少一種進 行硬化的化合物(以下適當稱作硬化性化合物)只要是藉由 利用酸、自由基等起始種形成交聯結構或發生聚合反應等 進行硬化的化合物’就可以沒有限制地使用。硬化性化合 物可以列舉出:經曱基化合物或環氧基化合物、氧雜環丁 烷化合物等的環狀醚類;硫醇化合物與烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵 化合物的組合,苯乙浠基或衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、 馬來酸、含有(甲基)丙烯醯基或(曱基)丙烯醯胺基等至少一 個烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵的化合物等。其中,從硬化性、穩定 性的角度考慮’較佳的是(甲基)丙烯酸。 需要說明的是,在使用含基板密合性基團的硬化性化 合物作為上述(C)密合劑的情況下,當藉由控制其含量來得 到足夠的硬化性時,由於所述成分具有成分與(A)成分 的功能’因此未必需要添加通常使用的不含密合性基團的 硬化性化合物’但為了控制喷墨墨水的物性或提高硬化 性’也可以併用上述硬化性化合物。 在本發明中,作為可以併用的硬化性化合物(不含基板 密合性基團的硬化性化合物),可以沒有特別限定地使用作 為含烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵的化合物而眾所周知的化合物。上 述化合物例如包含:單體、預聚物、即具備二聚物、三聚 -36- 200906985 物及低聚物或它們的混合物以及它們的共聚物等化學形態 的物質。 ’ 單體及其共聚物的例子可以列舉出:不飽和羧酸(例 如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、 馬來酸等)或其賴、醯麵’錄的是個不飽和叛酸與 脂肪族多7〇醇化合物賴、不飽和麟無雌多元胺化 ^物的軸類。丨外’賴合使帛:含減錢基、疏基 等求核性取代基的不飽和魏酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官 能異氰酸i旨軸環氧賴加献應物;以及上述不飽和叛 ,醋或酿胺類與單官能或多官能麟的脫水縮合反應物 等。還適合使用:含異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代 基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺 類、硫賴的加成反餘;以及含㈣基團或?苯續酿氧 基等離去性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多 官能醇類、醜、硫賴的取代反應物。作為其他例子, 還可以使肋不飽和膦酸、笨乙婦、乙烯基 不飽和羧酸的化合物組。 這 在脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯的單體的且 體例子=,丙烯酸酯可以列舉出:二丙烯酸乙二醇酯、二 丙烯酸三甘醇酯、二丙烯酸U•丁二醇酯、二丙烯酸酯、 ^丙烯酸丙二醇酯、二丙烯酸新戊二醇酯、三羥甲基丙烷 三丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧丙基)醚、三羥曱 基乙烧三丙稀酸醋、二丙稀酸己二醇醋、二丙稀酸Μ-環 己二醇酯、二丙烯酸四甘醇酯、二丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、三 丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、四丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、二丙烯酸二季 -37- 200906985 戊四醇酯、六丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯、山梨糖醇三丙烯酸酯、 山梨糖醇四丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇五丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇六 丙烯酸酯、三(丙烯醯氧乙基)異氰尿酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯 低聚物等。還可以列舉出上述化合物的EO改性體或PO 改性體。 曱基丙烯酸酯可以列舉出:二曱基丙烯酸酯、二曱基 丙烯酸三甘醇酯、二曱基丙烯酸新戊二醇酯、三羥曱基丙 烷三曱基丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基乙烷三曱基丙烯酸酯、二曱 基丙烯酸乙二醇酯、二曱基丙烯酸1,3-丁二醇酯、二曱基 丙烯酸己二醇酯、二曱基丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、三曱基丙烯 酸季戊四醇酯、四甲基丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、二曱基丙烯酸 二季戊四醇酯、六曱基丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯、山梨糖醇三 曱基丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四曱基丙烯酸酯、雙〔對(3-曱基 丙烯醯氧基-2_羥基丙氧基)苯基〕二曱基甲烷、雙〔對(曱 基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基〕二曱基曱烷等以及它們的EO 改性體、PO改性體。 衣康酸酯可以列舉出:二衣康酸乙二醇酯、二衣康酸 丙二醇酯、二衣康酸1,3·丁二醇酯、二衣康酸1,4-丁二醇 酯、二衣康酸酯、二衣康酸季戊四醇酯、山梨糖醇四衣康 酸酯等。巴豆酸酯可以列舉出:二巴豆酸乙二醇酯、二巴 豆酸酯、二巴豆酸季戊四醇酯、山梨糖醇四二巴豆酸酯等。 異巴豆酸酯可以列舉出:二異巴豆酸乙二醇酯、二異巴豆 酸季戊四醇酯、山梨糖醇四異巴豆酸酯等。馬來酸酯可以 列舉出:二馬來酸乙二醇酯、二馬來酸三甘醇酯、二馬來 酸季戊四醇酯、山梨糖醇四馬來酸酯等。 -38- 200906985 SI 47^其他自旨的例子,例如適合使Μ :日本專利特公昭 系醋㈣、日日3利特開昭57_196231所記载之脂肪族醇 外伽3本專利特開昭59-5240、日本專利特開昭 典架—.日本專利特開平2-226149所記載之具芳香族系 二^日本專利特開平卜165613 *記載之含有胺基的 -曰寺:並且,上述酯單體還可以作為混合物使用。 ί 月曰肪知夕元胺化合物與不飽和叛酸的醯胺的單體的具 體例^可以列舉出:亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、亞甲基雙曱基^ 烯醯胺、1,6-六亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、〗,6_六亞甲基雙甲基丙 ,酸胺、二亞乙基三胺三丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙丙婦酿胺、 本二甲基雙甲基丙烯醯胺等。其他較佳的醯胺系單體的例 本專利特公一26所記載之具環己 ^另外,利用異氰酸酯與羥基的加成反應製造的聚氨酯 糸加成聚合性化合物也適合使用,其具體例子可以列舉 =·日本專利特公昭48_417〇8號公報所記載之在—分子中 含有兩個或兩個以上異氰酸酯基的聚異氰酸酯化合物上加 成下述通式(2)所示的含羥基的乙稀基單體而得到的一分 子中含有兩個或兩個以上聚合性乙烯基的乙烯基聚氨酯化 合物等。 CH2= C(R4)COOCH2CH(R5)OH (2) (其中’ R4及R5表示Η或CH3。) 另外,如日本專利特開昭51_37193號、曰本專利特公 平2-32293號、日本專利特公平2_16765號所記載之聚氨 酯丙烯酸酯類或日本專利特公昭58_4986〇號、日本專利特 -39- 200906985 公昭56-m54號、日本專利特公昭62_3941?號日本專 利特公昭62_39418號所記載之具環氧乙院系骨架的聚氨 醋化合物類也適用。並且,藉由使用日本專利特開昭 63_277653號、日本專利特開日召Μ··9。9號日本專利特 開平1-1G5238號所記载之分子内具有胺基結構或硫晴 構的加成聚合性化合物類,可以制感光速度非常優異的 硬化性組成物。 η其他例子可以縣出:如日本專利特開昭 48-64183 號、日本專利特公昭4Μ3191號、日本專利特公昭 52-30490號各公報所記载之聚醋丙烯酸醋類、環氧樹脂與 (甲基)丙烯酸反應而得到的環氧丙烯酸賴等多官能丙稀 酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。還可以列舉出:日本專利特公昭 =-43946號:日本專利特公平Μ〇337號、日本專利特公 =1-40336號所記載之特定的不飽和化合物;或日本專利 特開平2-2湖號所記載之乙稀基膦酸系化合物等 昭61—22048號所記載之含全氣炫 基的™構也適用。更可以使用日本接著齡諸vol. 20,Νο 7介:Γ。頁⑽ 产的中,加其他聚合物化合物時,從硬化靈敏 :和鍵.進的是含有兩個或兩個以上的烯鍵性不 ,鍵。其中’較佳的是含有兩個或 ^ 烯酸醋結構,更麵是含有三個或三個以的(二基= 酸醋結構,最佳的是含有四㈣_以上咐(基)·;)= -40- 200906985 酯結構。並且,從硬化靈敏度及未曝光部分之顯影性的觀 點考慮’較佳的是含有EO改性體。從硬化靈敏度及曝光 部強度的觀點考慮’較佳的是含有聚氨酯鍵。 從以上觀點考慮,較佳的例子可以列舉出:雙紛A二 丙烯酸酯、雙酚A二丙烯酸酯EO改性體、三經曱基丙烧 三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧丙基)鱗、三經甲 基乙烧二丙如酸自曰、—丙稀酸四甘酵S旨、二丙烯酸季戍四 醇酯、三丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、四丙烯酸季戊四醇醋、四丙 烯酸二季戊四醇酯、五丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯、六丙歸酸二 季戊四醇醋、山梨糖醇三丙烯酸g旨、山梨糖醇四丙稀酸酯、 山梨糖醇五丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇六丙烯酸g旨、三(丙烯醯氧 乙基)異氰尿酸酯、四丙烯酸季戊四醇酯EO改性體、六丙 烯酸二季戊四醇酯EO改性體等。作為市售品,較佳的是 聚氨酯低聚物UAS-10、UAB-140 (山陽國策Pulp社製)、 DPHA-40H (曰本化藥社製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、 UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600 (共榮社製)。 其中,更佳的是雙酚A二丙烯酸酯EO改性體、三丙 稀酸季戊四醇醋、四丙烯酸季戊四醇S旨、五丙烯酸二季戊 四醇酯、六丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯、三(丙烯醯氧乙基)異氰 尿酸酯、四丙烯酸季戊四醇酯EO改性體、六丙烯酸二季 戊四醇酯EO改性體、DPHA_40H (日本化藥社製)、 UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600 (共 榮社製)等。 相對於墨水的總固體成分量,作為硬化性化合物的單 體的添加比例通常為〇〜70 wt%。此處,當二〜三官能單 -41- 200906985 =體成分,/°時,墨水沒有被單 喷墨喷頭时嘴可能輕线塞 = ==娜、密合性、硬度差,有可能無法‘ 性單i::=r加的多官能單體均為二〜三官能 墨水的黏度不易因墨水的乾燥而上升,因此噴 的硬^嘴出性穩定’但另―方面,由墨水層硬化而得到 昧匕層的膜、相對於基㈣密纽 =分。因此’藉由在添加上述二〜三官能= 或四官能以上的多官能單體或低聚物以 人予硬化層的圖案充分的膜強度和密 為四官能的單體、低聚物,可以例示如:四丙烯 二季戊四醇醋、四甲基丙烯酸季戊四醇酯、五丙烯 四六丙烯酸二季戊四義、六曱基丙稀酸二季戊 i 相對於墨水的總固體成分量,通常 :添,ί能或,能以上的多官心:另3:= 一 一&能性單體來穩定噴出性和利 Γ:=成分來均衡地提高強度及密合:二ί 重篁伤的一〜二官能性單體,四官台t + A 多官能成分的添加比例通常為!〜5。重量U =以士的 使上述添加關之·於等於2重量份、^的是, 力撕上限小於等於35重量份。此處,當ί = -42- 200906985 重量份的上述二〜三官能性單體,四官能 ^ 多官能成分的添加比例不足1重量份時恥^四官能以上的 能無法充分得到硬度、耐溶劑性等特性。二水,化後有可 能以上的多官能成分的上述添加比例超過;〇四官,疗四官 水的硬化速度及製程速度有可能變慢。。重量伤時’墨 需要說明的是,較佳的是,相對於喷 八貝憂墨水,硬化 性化合物的添加量以總量計算為5〜8G職的 舍使 用具密合性制的硬錄化合物作為((:)密合_,較二的 是’所述具密合性基團的硬化性化合物與(A)硬化 的總量為7〜85 wt%的範圍。 口 <(B)顏料> 作為用於本發明之喷墨墨水的著色劑的顏料,根據晝 素(晝素部分)的R、G、B等或黑色矩陣層所要求的顏色, 可以自有機著色劑及無機著色劑中選擇使用任意的著色 劑0 有機著色劑例如可以使用:染料、有機顏料、天然色 素等。無機著色劑例如可以使用:無機顏料、體質顏料等。 其中,有機顏料由於顯色性高、耐熱性也高,因此較佳。 有機顏料例如有:染料索引(C.I. ; The Society ofDyers and Colourists社發行)中分類為顏料(Pigment)的化合物,具體 可以列舉出下述帶有染料索引(C.I.)編號的顏料。 C.I.顏料黃1、C.I.顏料黃3、C.I.顏料黃12、C.I.顏料 黃13、C.I.顏料黃14、C.I.顏料黃15、C.I.顏料黃16、C.I. 顏料黃17、C.I.顏料黃20、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、 C.I.顏料黃55、C.I.顏料黃60、C.I.顏料黃61、C.I.顏料黃 -43- 200906985 65、C.I.顏料黃7卜C.I·顏料黃73、C.I.顏料黃74、C.I.顏 料黃81、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I·顏料黃95、 C.I.顏料黃97、C.I.顏料黃98、C.I.顏料黃1〇〇、C.I.顏料黃 101、C.I.顏料黃 104、C.I.顏料黃 106、C.I.顏料黃 108、C.I. 顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃113、C.I.顏料黃 114、C.I.顏料黃 116、C.I.顏料黃 117、C.I.顏料黃 119、C.I. 顏料黃120、C.I.顏料黃126、C.I.顏料黃127、C.I.顏料黃 128、C.I.顏料黃 129、C.I.顏料黃 138、C.I.顏料黃 139、C.I. 顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃152、C.I.顏料黃 153、C.I.顏料黃 154、C.I.顏料黃 155、C.I.顏料黃 156、C.I. 顏料黃166、C.I.顏料黃168、C.I.顏料黃175 ; C.I.顏料撥1、C.I.顏料橙5、C.I.顏料橙13、C.I.顏料 橙14、C.I·顏料橙16、C.I.顏料橙17、C.I.顏料橙24、C.I. 顏料橙34、C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙40、 C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙46、C.I.顏料橙49、C.I.顏料橙 51、C.I.顏料橙61、C.I.顏料橙63、C.I.顏料橙64、C.I.顏 料撥71、C.I.顏料橙73 ; C.I.顏料紫1、C.I.顏料紫19、C.I. 顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫29、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I·顏料紫36、 C.I.顏料紫38 ; C.I.顏料紅1、C>1•顏料紅2、c〗顏料紅3、c〗顏料紅 4、C.I.顏料紅5、C.I.顏料紅6、C.I.顏料紅7、C.I.顏料紅 8、C.L顏料紅9、C.I.顏料紅10、C.I·顏料紅11、C丄顏料 紅12、C.I.顏料紅14、c !顏料紅15、c丄顏料紅16、c丄 顏料紅17、C.1.顏料紅18、C.I.顏料紅19、C.I.顏料紅21、 C.I.顏料紅22、C.L顏料紅23、c丄顏料紅3〇、c丄顏料紅 -44- 200906985 31、C.I.顏料紅32、C.I·顏料紅37、C.I.顏料紅38、C.I.顏 料紅40、C.I.顏料紅4卜C.I.顏料紅42、C.I.顏料紅48:卜 C.I.顏料紅 48:2、C.I.顏料紅 48:3、C.I_顏料紅 48:4、C.I. 顏料紅49:1、C.I·顏料紅49:2、C.I.顏料紅50:1、C.I.顏料 紅52:1、C.I.顏料紅53:1、C.I.顏料紅57、C.I·顏料紅57:1、 C.I.顏料紅 57:2、C.I·顏料紅 58:2、C.I.顏料紅 58:4、C.I. 顏料紅60:1、C.I.顏料紅63:1、C.I.顏料紅63:2、C.I.顏料 紅64:1、C.I·顏料紅81:1、C.I.顏料紅83、C.I.顏料紅88、 C.I.顏料紅90:1、C.I.顏料紅97 ; C.I.顏料紅 1〇1、C.I.顏料紅 102、C.I.顏料紅 104、C.I. 顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅106、C.I.顏料紅108、C.I.顏料紅 112、C.I.顏料紅 113、C.I.顏料紅 114、C.I.顏料紅 122、C.I. 顏料紅123、C.I·顏料紅144、C.I.顏料紅146、C.I.顏料紅 149、C.I.顏料紅 150、C.I.顏料紅 151、C.I.顏料紅 166、C.I. 顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅170、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅 172、C.I.顏料紅 174、C.I.顏料紅 175、C.I.顏料紅 176、C.I. 顏料紅177、C丄顏料紅178、C.I.顏料紅179、C.I.顏料紅 180、C.I.顏料紅 185、C.I.顏料紅 187、C.I.顏料紅 188、C.I. 顏料紅190、C.I·顏料紅193、C.I.顏料紅194、C.I.顏料紅 202、C.I.顏料紅 206、C.I.顏料紅 207、C.I.顏料紅 208、C.I. 顏料紅209、C.I·顏料紅215、C.I.顏料紅216、C.I.顏料紅 220、C.I·顏料紅 224、C.I·顏料紅 226、C.I.顏料紅 242 ' C.I. 顏料紅243、C.I.顏料紅245、C_I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅 255、C.I_顏料紅 264、C.I.顏料紅 265 ; C.I.顏料藍 15、C.I.顏料藍 15:3、C.I.顏料藍 15:4、C.I. -45- 200906985 顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料趑. C.I.顏料棕23、ci顏料松,CJ.顏料綠7、C.L顏料綠36,· 上述益機顏料#哲不’ C.L顏料黑1、顏料黑7。 酸化鈦、硫酸鎖、炭酸舞質:^的具^例子還可以列舉出: 鐵丹(氧化鐵紅(III))、鎮红、=、硫酸錯:黃色錯、鋅黃、 掠土 (umber)、鈦里、人成群月、、甜藍、氧化鉻綠、録綠、 料可以單獨錢在本發明中,顏 使用本發明之噴種:戈兩種以上混合使用。 色矩陣層的圖案時,在噴;濾光膜的基板上形成黑 料。遮光性高的黑色::====色顏 =系著色劑、或者菁黑 ; ::使用本發明之嘴墨墨水形成二 的為下述黏合劑’與制光硬化 ;圭 性黏合劑。但是,藉由調節墨水層 或延長曝光咖等魏方法,也可以_光進行硬化。 將本發明之硬錄組成_作彩色攄光膜時,從顏色 均或對比度峨點考慮,顏料的-次粒徑較佳的是10〜 0 nm,更佳的是10〜7〇 nm,進一步較佳的是1〇〜刈 ηι» ’最佳的是1〇〜4〇nm。 、形成畫素時,相對於喷墨墨水的總固體成分量,通常 =1〜+60 wt%的比例、較佳的是15〜4〇加%的比例添加顏 料。若顏料太少,則塗佈噴墨墨水至預定膜厚(通常為αι 2·0 μιη)時透過濃度有可能不充分。若顏料太多,則向基 板上塗佈噴墨墨水並使之硬化時與基板的密合性、硬化膜 -46- 200906985 的表硬料料塗麟魏材能不充分。 發二觀點考慮’較佳的是在本 =其:聚叛酸和其鹽、高分子量不飽和上如改j 巧::改性聚醋、聚驗、改性聚(甲基)丙烯酸醋、(甲基) 丙岐糸共聚物、料酸福馬林縮合物、以及聚氧乙婦院 基破酸醋、聚氧乙烯烧基胺、院醇胺、顏料衍生物等。 局分子分散劑根據其結構可以進一步分為:直鏈狀高 分子= 端改性型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 尚刀子刀散劑吸附在顏料表面,扮演防止再聚集的作 用因此’較佳的結構可以列舉出:具有黏附於顏料表面 的部位的末端改性型高分子、接枝型高分子、纽型高分 =。另一方面,顏料衍生物藉由改質顏料表面,具有促進 高分子分散劑的吸附的效果。RX' 1 I alkynyl p; == 立子 - When X of formula (8) contains a counter anion as a partial structure, = anti anion Χ · can be like: fluoride anion, chloride anion, filling anion = ion and other halogen anions; acetic acid Anion, three =: sulfate anion, hydrogen sulfate anion, methyl anion, tris-sulfate anion, perchlorate anion, tetrafluoroanion, hexa-acid anion, hexachloro-acid anion, hexafluoro-acid anion, etc. . And, in terms of compound hearing and stability (four) degree, it is better to use the scorpion, stone = touch ion, tetrafluoroborate anion and hexafluoro-Wean anion to test the separation point = two:; ==, from dense The viewpoint of the property of the second embodiment; the viewpoint of the property of improving the hardness, the adhesion of the portion 1:== group and the solid component of the inkjet ink of the present invention including the bond-bonding unsaturated double bond The content of the compound of the group is preferably wt%, preferably from 2 to 35 to 200906985 is from 0.05 to 20% by weight, further preferably (^ to 忉 wt%. It is to be noted that when an adhesion-containing group is used When the curable compound of the group is used as the component (C), the amount of addition is preferably 0.01 to 60% by weight, and further preferably 0.05 to 40% by weight. (A) using an acid and A compound which hardens at least one of the radicals > (A) a compound which is hardened by at least one of an acid and a radical (hereinafter referred to as a curable compound as appropriate) as long as it is utilized by using an acid a compound such as a base that forms a crosslinked structure or undergoes a polymerization reaction, etc. The curable compound may be a cyclic ether such as a mercapto compound or an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound; a combination of a thiol compound and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond compound; a thiol or itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, a compound containing at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond such as a (meth) acrylonitrile group or a (fluorenyl) acrylamide group, etc. In view of the hardenability and the stability, it is preferable that (meth)acrylic acid is used. In the case where a curable compound containing a substrate-adhesive group is used as the (C) adhesive, When sufficient hardenability is obtained by controlling the content thereof, since the component has a function of the component and the component (A), it is not necessary to add a hardening compound which is usually used without an adhesive group, but for control In the present invention, a curable compound (a curable compound not containing a substrate-adhesive group) which can be used in combination can be used in combination with the above-mentioned curable compound. A compound which is well known as a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is used without particular limitation. The above compound includes, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer-36-200906985, and oligomerization. Chemical substances such as a substance or a mixture thereof and a copolymer thereof. 'Examples of a monomer and a copolymer thereof may be exemplified by an unsaturated carboxylic acid (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, or different). Crotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or its lysine, glutinous rice noodles are recorded as an axis of unsaturated tarenic acid and aliphatic 7-sterol compounds, unsaturated arsenic and no female polyamines.帛 帛 不 不 不 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛 帛Dehydration, vinegar or amine-derived dehydration condensation reaction with monofunctional or polyfunctional lining, and the like. Also suitable for use: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester containing an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group or an addition of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine, or a sulfur; and (4) Group or? A substituted carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine of a phenyl phenolic isocyanating substituent, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, ugly, sulfur-reacting substituted reactant. As another example, a compound of a rib unsaturated phosphonic acid, a stupid, or a vinyl unsaturated carboxylic acid may be used. This is a monomer example of an ester of an aliphatic polyol compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid. Examples of the acrylate include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, and U•butylene glycol diacrylate. Ester, diacrylate, propylene glycol acrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane tris(propylene oxypropyl) ether, trishydroxy thioacetate Acrylic vinegar, propylene glycol dipropylene acrylate, bismuth dicyclohexane-cyclohexanediol ester, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, diacrylic acid Second season -37- 200906985 Pentaerythritol ester, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, tris (propylene oxypropylene) Base) isocyanurate, polyester acrylate oligomer, and the like. Further, an EO modified body or a PO modified body of the above compound may be mentioned. Examples of the mercapto acrylate include dimercapto acrylate, triethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate, neopentyl glycol dimercapto acrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane tridecyl acrylate, and trishydroxy ethane ethane. Tridecyl acrylate, ethylene glycol dimercaptoacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol dimercaptoacrylate, hexanediol dimercaptoacrylate, pentaerythritol dimercaptoacrylate, pentaerythritol tridecyl acrylate , pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimercaptoate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol tridecyl acrylate, sorbitol tetradecyl acrylate, bis[3-(yl) Propylene oxirane-2-hydroxypropyloxy)phenyl]dimercaptomethane, bis(p-(acrylonitrile methoxyethoxy)phenyl]dioxyl decane, etc. and their EO modified bodies , PO modified body. Examples of the itaconate include ethylene glycol diaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3,butylene glycol diitaconate, and 1,4-butylene glycol diitaconate. Di-isoconate, pentaerythritol diisoconate, sorbitol tetracoconate, and the like. Examples of the crotonic acid ester include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, and sorbitol tetradodetoic acid ester. Examples of the isocrotonate include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate. The maleic acid ester may, for example, be ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate or sorbitol tetramaleate. -38- 200906985 SI 47^ Other examples of the purpose, for example, are suitable for making Μ: Japanese patent special public 昭 vinegar (4), Japanese 3 Japanese special opening 57_196231 as described in the aliphatic alcohol outside the gamma 3 patent special opening 59 -5240, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2-226149, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 2-226149--------------------------------------- It can also be used as a mixture. Specific examples of the monomer of the ruthenium amide compound and the unsaturated retinoic acid amide include methylene bis acrylamide, methylene bis decyl olefin amine, 1, 6 - hexamethylene bis propylene amide, 〗 6, 6 hexamethylene dimethyl propyl, acid amine, diethylene triamine propylene amide, benzyl dimethyl propylene amide, this dimethyl Bis-methyl methacrylamide and the like. Other preferred examples of the amide-based monomer The urethane oxime addition polymerizable compound produced by the addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxyl group is also suitably used, and specific examples thereof are also suitable. The polyisocyanate compound containing two or more isocyanate groups in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-417 No. 8 is a hydroxy group-containing B represented by the following formula (2). A vinyl urethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by a dilute base monomer. CH2=C(R4)COOCH2CH(R5)OH (2) (wherein 'R4 and R5 represent Η or CH3.) In addition, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-37193, 曰本专利特公平2-32293, Japanese Patent The urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Polyurethane compounds of the oxygen oxyphylline skeleton are also suitable. In addition, the addition of an amine-based structure or a sulfur-containing structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1-1G5238, the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. A polymerizable compound can be used to form a curable composition having a very excellent photospeed. Other examples of η can be produced by a vinegar, vinegar, and epoxy resin as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 48-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. No. 4,319, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 52-30490. A polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as epoxy acrylate or the like obtained by the reaction of methyl)acrylic acid. It is also possible to cite a specific unsaturated compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-43946: Japanese Patent Publication No. 337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 1-3-40336; or Japanese Patent Special Open 2-2 Lake The TM structure of the all-gas syllabic group described in No. 61-22048, such as the ethylene-based phosphonic acid-based compound described in the above, is also applicable. You can also use Japan's next age vol. 20, Νο 7 Jie: Γ. Page (10) In the production, when adding other polymer compounds, it is sensitive from hardening: and the bond is contained in two or more olefinic bonds. Wherein 'preferably contains two or oleic acid vinegar structures, and the surface contains three or three (diyl group = acid vinegar structure, and most preferably contains four (four) _ or more 基 (base) ·; ) = -40- 200906985 Ester structure. Further, from the viewpoint of the curing sensitivity and the developability of the unexposed portion, it is preferable to contain the EO modified body. From the viewpoint of the curing sensitivity and the strength of the exposed portion, it is preferable to contain a urethane bond. From the above viewpoints, preferred examples include: Bishuang A diacrylate, bisphenol A diacrylate EO modified body, tri-propyl mercapto triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene fluorene) Oxypropyl propyl sulphate, tris-methyl ethene succinimide, such as acid, succinic acid, tetraglycolic acid, quaternary tetradecyl diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, tetraacrylate Pentaerythritol ester, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, hexapropylene dipentaerythritol vinegar, sorbitol triacrylate g, sorbitol tetrapropyl acrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate g, three (Allyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, EO modified body of pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, EO modified body of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and the like. As a commercial product, urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (made by Shanyang National Policy Pulp Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (made by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA- are preferred. 306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha). More preferably, it is a bisphenol A diacrylate EO modified body, a triacetic acid pentaerythritol vinegar, a pentaerythritol tetraacrylate S, a dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, a dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, or a tris(propylene oxyethyl) Isocyanurate, EO modified pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, EO modified product of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, DPHA_40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoei Co., Ltd.). The addition ratio of the monomer as the curable compound is usually from 〇 to 70% by weight based on the total solid content of the ink. Here, when the bis-trifunctional single-41-200906985 = body composition, / °, the ink may not be lightly plugged when the ink is not used by a single inkjet nozzle = == Na, adhesion, hardness is poor, may not be ' The polyfunctional monomer of the single i::=r is a di- or trifunctional ink, and the viscosity of the di- or trifunctional ink is not easily increased by the drying of the ink, so that the spray is stable, but the other layer is hardened by the ink layer. The film of the ruthenium layer was obtained, with respect to the base (four) mil. Therefore, by adding the above-mentioned di-trifunctional= or tetrafunctional or higher polyfunctional monomer or oligomer to the film of the human pre-hardened layer, the film strength and the dense tetrafunctional monomer and oligomer can be For example: tetrapropylene dipentaerythritol vinegar, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, pentapropylene tetrahexaacrylate dipentaerythritol, hexamethylene acrylate diquaternium i relative to the total solid content of the ink, usually: add, ί can Or, can be more than the official: another 3: = one & one energy monomer to stabilize the squirting and profit: = composition to balance the strength and tightness: two 篁 heavy injury one ~ two functional Sexual monomer, Siguantai t + A polyfunctional ingredients are usually added in proportion! ~5. The weight U = 士士 The above addition is equal to 2 parts by weight, and the upper limit of the force tear is 35 parts by weight or less. Here, when ί = -42 - 200906985 parts by weight of the above-mentioned di-trifunctional monomer, the addition ratio of the tetrafunctional polyfunctional component is less than 1 part by weight, and the hardness or solvent resistance cannot be sufficiently obtained. Sex and other characteristics. In the case of dihydrate, the above-mentioned addition ratio of the polyfunctional component may exceed the above; in the four senses, the curing speed and the processing speed of the treatment water may be slow. . In the case of a weight injury, the ink needs to be described. Preferably, the amount of the curable compound added is 5 to 8 G in the total amount of the hard-working compound. The ((:)-adhesive_, the second is the range of the hardening compound having the adhesive group and (A) the total amount of hardening is 7 to 85 wt%. Portion <(B) Pigment > As a pigment for the coloring agent of the inkjet ink of the present invention, it is possible to use an organic coloring agent and an inorganic coloring agent depending on the color required for the R, G, B or the like of the halogen (halogen component) or the black matrix layer. It is preferable to use an arbitrary coloring agent. The organic coloring agent may be, for example, a dye, an organic pigment, a natural pigment, or the like. For the inorganic coloring agent, for example, an inorganic pigment, an extender pigment, or the like can be used. Among them, the organic pigment has high color rendering property and heat resistance. The organic pigment is, for example, a compound classified as a pigment in a dye index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colourists), and specifically includes the following dye index (CI) number. Pigment. CI Pigment Yellow 1, CI Pigment Yellow 3, CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow 13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 15, CI Pigment Yellow 16, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow 20, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 55, CI Pigment Yellow 60, CI Pigment Yellow 61, CI Pigment Yellow-43-200906985 65, CI Pigment Yellow 7 Bu CI·Pigment Yellow 73, CI Pigment Yellow 74, CI Pigment Yellow 81, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI·Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 97, CI Pigment Yellow 98, CI Pigment Yellow 1〇〇, CI Pigment Yellow 101, CI Pigment Yellow 104, CI Pigment Yellow 106, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 113, CI Pigment Yellow 114, CI Pigment Yellow 116, CI Pigment Yellow 117, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment Yellow 126, CI Pigment Yellow 127, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 152, CI Pigment Yellow 153, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 156, CI Pigment Yellow 166, CI Pigment Yellow 16 8, CI Pigment Yellow 175; CI Pigment Dial 1, CI Pigment Orange 5, CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 14, CI·Pigment Orange 16, CI Pigment Orange 17, CI Pigment Orange 24, CI Pigment Orange 34, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 40, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 46, CI Pigment Orange 49, CI Pigment Orange 51, CI Pigment Orange 61, CI Pigment Orange 63, CI Pigment Orange 64, CI Pigment Dial 71, CI Pigment Orange 73; CI Pigment Violet 1, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 29, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI·Pigment Violet 36, CI Pigment Violet 38; CI Pigment Red 1, C> ;1•Pigment Red 2, c〗 Pigment Red 3, c〗 Pigment Red 4, CI Pigment Red 5, CI Pigment Red 6, CI Pigment Red 7, CI Pigment Red 8, CL Pigment Red 9, CI Pigment Red 10, CI ·Pigment Red 11, C 丄 Pigment Red 12, CI Pigment Red 14, c ! Pigment Red 15, c 丄 Pigment Red 16, c 丄 Pigment Red 17, C.1. Pigment Red 18, CI Pigment Red 19, CI Pigment Red 21, CI Pigment Red 22, CL Pigment Red 23, c丄 Pigment Red 3〇, c丄 Pigment Red-44- 200906985 31, CI Pigment Red 32, CI·Pigment Red 37, CI Pigment Red 38 CI Pigment Red 40, CI Pigment Red 4 Bu CI Pigment Red 42, CI Pigment Red 48: Bu CI Pigment Red 48:2, CI Pigment Red 48:3, C.I_Pigment Red 48:4, CI Pigment Red 49: 1. CI·Pigment Red 49:2, CI Pigment Red 50:1, CI Pigment Red 52:1, CI Pigment Red 53:1, CI Pigment Red 57, CI·Pigment Red 57:1, CI Pigment Red 57:2 , CI·Pigment Red 58:2, CI Pigment Red 58:4, CI Pigment Red 60:1, CI Pigment Red 63:1, CI Pigment Red 63:2, CI Pigment Red 64:1, CI·Pigment Red 81: 1. CI Pigment Red 83, CI Pigment Red 88, CI Pigment Red 90:1, CI Pigment Red 97; CI Pigment Red 1〇1, CI Pigment Red 102, CI Pigment Red 104, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 106 , CI Pigment Red 108, CI Pigment Red 112, CI Pigment Red 113, CI Pigment Red 114, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 123, CI·Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 146, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 151, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 168, CI Pigment Red 170, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 172, CI Pigment Red 174, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, C丄 Pigment Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 180, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 187, CI Pigment Red 188, CI Pigment Red 190, CI·Pigment Red 193, CI Pigment Red 194, CI Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 206, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 208, CI Pigment Red 209, CI·Pigment Red 215, CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 220, CI·Pigment Red 224, CI · Pigment Red 226, CI Pigment Red 242 'CI Pigment Red 243, CI Pigment Red 245, C_I. Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, C.I_Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 265; CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI -45- 200906985 Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment 趑. CI Pigment Brown 23, ci Pigment Pine, CJ. Pigment Green 7, CL Pigment Green 36, · Yi machine pigment #哲不' CL pigment black 1, pigment black 7. Titanium acid, sulfuric acid lock, charcoal dance quality: ^ can also be exemplified by: iron oxide (iron oxide red (III)), Zhenhong, =, sulfuric acid error: yellow wrong, zinc yellow, ramber (umber) , Titanium, human group, month, sweet blue, chrome oxide green, green, material can be used alone in the present invention, the use of the spray of the invention: two or more mixed use. In the case of the pattern of the color matrix layer, black material is formed on the substrate of the spray film; Black having high light-shielding property::====Coloring color = coloring agent, or cyanine black; :: using the ink of the ink of the present invention to form two of the following adhesives' and light-curing adhesive; However, it is also possible to harden by light by adjusting the ink layer or extending the exposure method. When the hard recording of the present invention is used as a color calender film, the pigment-secondary particle diameter is preferably 10 to 0 nm, more preferably 10 to 7 nm, from the viewpoint of color uniformity or contrast. Further, Preferably, 1〇~刈ηι» 'Best is 1〇~4〇nm. In the case of forming a pixel, the pigment is added in a ratio of usually =1 to +60 wt%, preferably 15 to 4 〇 plus %, based on the total solid content of the inkjet ink. If the amount of the pigment is too small, the transmission density may be insufficient when the inkjet ink is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually αι 2·0 μηη). If the amount of the pigment is too large, the adhesion to the substrate when the inkjet ink is applied to the substrate and hardened, and the hard material of the cured film -46-200906985 can be insufficient. The second point of view considers 'better in this = its: polyphenolic acid and its salts, high molecular weight unsaturated, such as modified j:: modified polyester, poly-inspection, modified poly(meth)acrylic acid vinegar, (Methyl) propylene copolymer, acid-formed formalin condensate, and polyoxyethylene sulfonate-based acid vinegar, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, polyalcoholamine, pigment derivative, and the like. The molecular dispersant can be further classified according to its structure: a linear polymer = a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer. The knives and knives are adsorbed on the surface of the pigment to prevent re-aggregation. Therefore, the preferred structure can be exemplified by a terminal-modified polymer having a surface adhered to the surface of the pigment, a graft-type polymer, and a high-density type. =. On the other hand, the pigment derivative has an effect of promoting adsorption of the polymer dispersant by modifying the surface of the pigment.
可用於本發明的顏料分散劑的具體例子可以列舉出: BYK Chemie 社製「Disperbyk-101 (聚醯胺燐酸鹽)、107 (羧 酸酉曰)、11〇 (含酸根的共聚物)、13〇 (聚醯胺)、161、162、 163、164、165、166、170(高分子共聚物)」、「ΒΥΚ_ρι〇4、 Ρ105 (焉分子量不飽和聚羧酸)、EFKA社製「EFKA4047、 4050、4010、4165 (聚氨酯系)、EFKA4330、4340 (欲段共 聚物)、4400、4402 (改性聚丙烯酸酯)、5〇1〇 (聚酯醯胺)、 5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、622〇 (脂肪酸聚酯)、6745 (酞花 月衍生物)、6750 (偶氮顏料衍生物)」、味之素 -47- 200906985 FINE-TECHNO 社製「Ajispa PB821、PB822」、共榮社化 學社製「Fi〇wren tg-71〇 (聚氨酯低聚物)」、「P〇iyfl〇w No.5〇E、Νο·3〇〇 (丙烯酸系共聚物)」、楠本化成社製 「DisparonKS-860、873SN、874、#2150 (脂肪族多元羧 酸)、#7004 (聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」、 花王社製「DemorRN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、 SN-B (芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、「h〇MOGENOL L-18 (高分子聚羧酸)」、「Emulgen920、930、935、985 (聚氧乙 r 烯壬基苯基醚)」、「ACETAMIN 86 (硬脂胺乙酸酯)」、Specific examples of the pigment dispersant which can be used in the present invention include: Disperbyk-101 (polyamidodecanoate), 107 (barium carboxylate), 11 (acid-containing copolymer), and 13 manufactured by BYK Chemie. 〇 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer), "ΒΥΚ_ρι〇4, Ρ105 (焉 molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), EFKA4047, manufactured by EFKA) 4050, 4010, 4165 (polyurethane), EFKA 4330, 4340 (segment copolymer), 4400, 4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5〇1〇 (polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate) ), 622〇 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (酞花月 derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative), Ajinomoto-47- 200906985 FINE-TECHNO company "Ajispa PB821, PB822", co-prosperity "Fi〇wren tg-71〇 (polyurethane oligomer)", "P〇iyfl〇w No.5〇E, Νο·3〇〇 (acrylic copolymer)", manufactured by Kogyo Chemical Co., Ltd., "Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd." Disparon KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725" Kaosha Co., Ltd. "DemorRN, N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonate fumarate polycondensate)", "h〇MOGENOL L-18 (polymeric polycarboxylic acid) ), "Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene phenyl phenyl ether)", "ACETAMIN 86 (stearylamine acetate)",
Lubrizol 社製「s〇lSperse5〇〇〇 (欧花青衍生物)、22000 (偶 氮顏料衍生物)、13240 (聚酯胺)、3000、17000、27000 (末 端部分含有功能部分的高分子)、24000、28000、32000、 38500 (接枝型高分子)」、日光chemcal社製rnikk〇1^ 7 口一 士)T106 (聚氧乙烯脫水山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、 MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)」等。 上述分散劑可以單獨使用,也可以是兩種或兩種以上 組合使用。在本發明中,特別佳的是,將顏料衍生物與高 ί 分子分散劑組合使用。 ' 在本發明中’相對於顏料而言,分散劑的含量較佳的 疋!i°Wt/〇更佳的疋3〜1〇〇Wt%,進一步較佳的是5 具體而言 田偬用尚分子分散劑時,相對於 分子分散劑的使用量較佳的是5〜100w =: J10〜80 wt%的範圍。當使用顏料衍生物時相對2 料,上述顏料街生物的使用量較佳的是 "48- 200906985 圍,更佳的是3〜20 wt%的範圍,特別佳的θ 的範圍。 的疋5〜15 wt% 在本發明中,當使用作為著色劑 從硬化靈敏度、色濃度的觀點考慮,相對 成物的總固體成分’著色劑及分散劑的總含 於等於—小於等於90 wt%, 二二大Lubrizol "s〇lSperse5〇〇〇 (Eucalyptus derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 17000, 27000 (polymer with functional moiety at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (grafted polymer)", rnikk〇1^7 一士士, manufactured by Nikko Chemcal Co., Ltd.) T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxygen) Ethylene monostearate) and the like. The above dispersing agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use a pigment derivative in combination with a high molecular dispersant. In the present invention, the content of the dispersant is preferably 疋!i°Wt/〇, more preferably 疋3 to 1〇〇Wt%, more preferably 5, specifically for the field. In the case of a molecular dispersant, the amount of use with respect to the molecular dispersant is preferably in the range of 5 to 100 w =: J10 to 80 wt%. When the pigment derivative is used, the amount of the above-mentioned pigment street organism is preferably from "48-200906985, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 20% by weight, particularly preferably in the range of θ.疋5 to 15 wt% In the present invention, when used as a colorant from the viewpoint of hardening sensitivity and color density, the total solid content of the counterpart is 'the total content of the coloring agent and the dispersing agent is equal to - less than or equal to 90 wt. %, 22nd
Wt%且小於等於%游。,進-步較佳的是2$^於4〇/〇 且小於等於80 wt〇/〇。 大於等於50 wt/〇 (D)溶劑 本彩色濾光膜喷墨墨水的溶劑可以白 _ 中選擇使用。 自从下所不的溶劑 溶劑可以列舉如:乙二醇單 醇單甲醚乙酸酯等乙二醇_ t _一 4乙一醇醚類;乙二 低聚物Dn 、i類,一甘醇單甲醚等乙二醇 低㈣秘類,二甘醇單甲鍵乙酸:畔 類;醋酸、2-乙基己酸喝酸 一醇躲物驗醋 乙酸乙S旨、笨f酸丙科_誠其酸肝; 醋等二紐二㈣;香麵類;碳酸二乙 i 素化紐ί 旨類;氯轉、二氯醋酸等齒 菌_ ^肪等二乙趟、 1丙醇等燒氧基_ ;二甘1醇’、2^基乙醇、h甲氧基 類;2-二乙胺其7醴—私二丙二醇等二醇低聚物 其r 胺基醉、二乙醇胺等胺基醇類;2·乙氧美乙 基乙酸酯等烷氧基醇酯類員二氧基乙 n乙基嗎琳、苯細 ;異 脂肪族或芳香族胺類 =二戊胺、本胺荨 —Τ基乙醯胺' Ν,Ν-二甲基甲 -49- 200906985 醛、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、吡咯烷酮等醯胺類;二甲基亞颯等 亞石風類’己烷、辛烷、二十二烷、庚烯、3,4_二甲基己烧、 一 己烧等煙類等。 上述溶劑可以單獨或混合使用,但為了抑制經時性濃 度變化及塗敷時在塗敷部位的凝固,或者為了防止硬化 性、乾燥遲緩,較佳的是,至少一種溶劑使用在常壓下沸 點^於等於150°C且小於等於300χ;、較佳的是大於等於 16=C且小於等於25CTC的溶劑。具體而言,從顏料分散液 穩疋,、塗敷後的乾燥性等角度考慮,溶劑更佳的是:二 甘醇單丁喊乙酸目旨、二甘醇單甲郎_旨等乙二醇低 醚醋類;2一-乙氧基乙醇、^曱氧基_2_丙醇等燒氧基醇類; j醇=丙二醇等乙二醇低聚物類;乙二醇單甲喊乙酸 酉曰等乙二醇醚醋類。 〇相對於包括上述溶劑的墨水的總量,通常以40〜95 的比例使用上述溶劑,來製備喷出的墨水。若 乂,則墨水黏度高,難以自喷墨喷頭喷出。若溶 , (貝im賴性變化部位(墨水層形成部位)墨水承ΐ量 的膜破,广積於所述潤濕性變化部位的墨水 近的潤ϊ性:光部分溢出,並且潤濕擴散至鄰 自庫該ί著!墨水層形成部位)。換言之,能夠不 之無法得到足夠的透充刀’餘後的膜厚太薄,隨 本發明之噴墨墨水中,除 外,只要不損及本發明之^ 〜(D)的必須成分以 七月之效果’根據目的可以使用各種化 -50- 200906985 合物。例如,為了提高所形成的著色圖案的膜性,可以添 加(E)產生酸的化合物或(F)黏合劑聚合物。 以下,對較佳的併用成分進行說明。 < (E)產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物〉 f. 本發明中的產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物 (以下,適當稱作酸/自由基發生劑)表示在塗敷噴墨後二用 光或熱產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物。藉由併用 上述化合物,由此化合物產生的酸、自由基等發揮起始種 的作用,使(A)利用酸及自由基中的至少一種進行硬化^化 合物之硬化反應得以開始、進行,並得到促進。 當(E)成分為產生酸的化合物時,作為所述化合物所產 生的酸,只要是羧酸、磺酸、磷酸、磷酸酯、硫酸、硫酸 酯二亞磺酸、鹽酸、硝酸、硼酸、三氟硼酸、硼錯合物、 銻何生物、六氟磷酸等在塗佈後的液滴中利用光及/或熱的 作用產生布兩斯楊酸、路易士酸的物質即可使用。 作為上述酸/自由基發生劑的具體例子,可以列舉出已 知作為光聚合起始劑的以下化合物: ⑻有機鹵素化合物;⑻喔二唑(〇xydiaz〇le)化合物;⑷有 2化合S’⑷二續酸化合物;⑷職化合物;®鑌鹽化 δ ’(g)羰基化合物;(h)縮酮化合物;(i)苯偶姻化合物; - 疋,1物,⑴有機過氧化物;(m)偶I化合物;(n)香 J素^物;(G)錢化合物;(Ρ)金屬茂化合物;(q)六芳 土—味吐化合物;W醯基膦(氧化)化合物。 ⑻有機i素化合物具體可以列舉如:若林等「B讪 em. Soc Japan」42, 2924 (1969)、美國專利第 3,905,815 -51- 200906985 號說明f、日本專利特公昭俗46〇5蒙 48-362SI號、日本專__ 55 2 專,,昭 昭_9736號、日本專利特開昭6 61_169837號、日本專利特開昭62= ί曰=62彻〇1號、曰本專利特開昭6”〇2: ^ 本,開昭 63_29_ 號、Μ· R Hutt“Joumal 〇f ZTTc㈤此卿”1 (No3),(1970)」等文中所記載之化 口物,特別列舉出:三齒甲基取代的射化合 化合物。 一秦 作2 s-三嗪化合物,更適合的是至少一個單齒素、二 鹵素或二齒素取代曱基結合在s-三嗪環上的s_三嗪衍生 物,具體可以列舉如:2,4,6_三(一氯甲基)_s_三嗪、'2,4,6_ 三(二氯甲基)-S-三嗪、2,4,6_三(三氯曱基)_s_三嗪、2_甲基 -j,6-雙(二氯曱基)_s_三嗪、2_正丙基_4,6_雙(三氯曱基)小 三嗓、2-(α,α,β_三氯乙基)_4,6_雙(三氣甲基)小三嗪、2-笨 基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)_s_三嗪、2_(對曱氧苯基>4,6_雙(三氯 曱基)_S-三嗪、2-(3,4·環氧苯基)-4,6-雙(三氣曱基)_s_三嗪、、 2_(對氯苯基M,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-〔 1-(對曱氧笨 基)-2,4·丁二烯基〕_4,6_雙(三氯曱基)_s_三嗪、孓苯乙烯基 -4^6-雙(三氯甲基)+三嗪、2_(對曱氧基笨乙烯基)_4,6_雙 (三氯甲基)-S-三嗪、2_(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)_4,6_雙(三氯 ^基)-s-三嗪、2_(對曱苯基)_4,6_雙(三氯甲基)_s_三嗪、2_(4_ 萘氧萘基K6-雙(三氯甲基)-S·三嗪、2·苯硫基_4,6-雙(三氯 甲基)-s-三嗪、2_苄硫基_4,6_雙(三氯甲基)_s_三嗪、2,4,6_ 一(一廣甲基)_s_三嗪、2,4,6-三(三漠甲基)-s-三嗪、2·甲基 -52- 200906985 -4,6-雙(三溴曱基)_8_三嗪、2 三嗪等。 Τ乳基部-雙(三演甲基>s_ (b)噁二唑化合物可以列舉如:2_三 二’34“惡二吐、2三氣甲基_5_(氰基苯U上 唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(萘-工-基沁’认嗓二 ^1,3,4 -一 苯乙埽基)笨乙烯基-1,3,4·噪二唾等\ ·-鼠曱基-5-(4- (0有機硼酸鹽化合物的具體例 =昭-_號、曰本專利特二= 號、日本專利特開平9彻本開平9-麵6 細〇-131837、日本專利日太日本專利日本專利特開 特畔第專利特開2购07916、日本 寺許第2764769號、日本特願2__31。Wt% and less than or equal to % swim. Preferably, the step-by-step is 2$^ at 4〇/〇 and less than or equal to 80 wt〇/〇. Greater than or equal to 50 wt / 〇 (D) solvent The solvent of this color filter film inkjet ink can be selected from white _. Examples of the solvent solvent which may be exemplified include ethylene glycol _t_4-tetraethyl ether ether such as ethylene glycol monool monomethyl ether acetate; ethylene di oligomer Dn, i type, monoethylene glycol single Methyl ether and other ethylene glycol low (four) secret class, diethylene glycol monomethyl bond acetic acid: aside; acetic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, acid, alcohol, hiding, vinegar, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, S, stupid f, acid, ke Its sour liver; vinegar and other two New Zealand two (four); fragrant noodles; diethyl iodide New Zealand; Chlorine, dichloroacetic acid and other bacteria _ ^ fat such as diethyl hydrazine, 1 propanol and other alkoxy _ ; diglycol 1 ', 2 2 base ethanol, h methoxy group; 2-diethylamine 7 醴 - propylene dipropylene glycol and other diol oligomers, such as r amine, diethanolamine and other amine alcohols ; 2 · alkoxy alcohol esters such as ethoxylated ethyl acetate, dioxyethyl n-ethyl phenanthrene, benzene fine; isoaliphatic or aromatic amines = diamylamine, the amine 荨 - Τ Ethyl amide Ν, Ν-dimethylmethyl-49- 200906985 amides such as aldehydes, N-methylpyrrolidone and pyrrolidone; sulphites such as dimethyl hydrazine, hexane, octane, Dioxane, heptene, 3,4-dimethyl burned, one-burned and the like. The above solvent may be used singly or in combination, but in order to suppress the change in the concentration over time and the solidification at the coating site during coating, or to prevent the hardenability and the drying retardation, it is preferred that at least one solvent is used at a boiling point under normal pressure. ^ is equal to 150 ° C and less than or equal to 300 χ; preferably, a solvent equal to or greater than 16 = C and less than or equal to 25 CTC. Specifically, from the viewpoints of the stability of the pigment dispersion liquid, the drying property after coating, and the like, the solvent is more preferably: diethylene glycol monobutyl ketone acetic acid, diethylene glycol monomethyl lang, etc. Low ether vinegar; alkoxy alcohols such as 2-ethoxyethanol, methoxy-2-propanol; glycol oligomers such as propylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl acetate Ethylene glycol ether vinegar. The above solvent is usually used in a ratio of 40 to 95 with respect to the total amount of the ink including the above solvent to prepare a discharged ink. If 乂, the ink viscosity is high and it is difficult to eject from the ink jet head. When it melts, the film of the ink-receiving portion (the portion where the ink layer is formed) is broken, and the ink which is widely distributed in the wettability change portion is nearly wet: the light portion overflows, and the moisture spreads. To the neighbor, from the library, the ink layer is formed. In other words, it is not possible to obtain a sufficient penetrating knives. The remaining film thickness is too thin, except in the inkjet ink of the present invention, as long as the essential components of the present invention are not damaged in July. The effect 'A variety of-50-200906985 compounds can be used depending on the purpose. For example, in order to improve the film properties of the formed coloring pattern, (E) an acid generating compound or (F) a binder polymer may be added. Hereinafter, preferred components for use will be described. < (E) A compound which generates at least one of an acid and a radical > f. A compound which generates at least one of an acid and a radical in the present invention (hereinafter referred to as an acid/radical generating agent as appropriate) means A compound which produces at least one of an acid and a radical by light or heat after application of the ink. By using the above-mentioned compound in combination, an acid, a radical, or the like generated by the compound acts as a starting species, and (A) curing is performed by at least one of an acid and a radical, and the curing reaction of the compound is started and carried out. promote. When the component (E) is a compound which generates an acid, the acid produced as the compound is carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, phosphoric acid ester, sulfuric acid, sulfuric acid disulfinic acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, boric acid, or the like. A substance such as fluoroboric acid, a boron complex, a living organism, or a hexafluorophosphoric acid which is produced by using light and/or heat in the droplets after application can be used to produce a substance of succinic acid or Lewis acid. Specific examples of the acid/radical generating agent include the following compounds known as photopolymerization initiators: (8) organohalogen compounds; (8) oxadiazole compounds; (4) 2 compounds S' (4) a diacid compound; (4) a compound; a hydrazine salt δ '(g) carbonyl compound; (h) a ketal compound; (i) a benzoin compound; - hydrazine, 1 substance, (1) an organic peroxide; m) an even I compound; (n) a fragrant compound; (G) a money compound; a (ruthenium) metallocene compound; (q) a hexammine-flavor compound; a W-mercaptophosphine (oxidation) compound. (8) Specific examples of the organic i-based compound include, for example, "B讪em. Soc Japan" 42, 2924 (1969), and U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815-51-200906985, f. Japanese Patent Special Publication 46〇5Mon 48- 362SI, Japan's special __ 55 2 special, Zhao Zhao _9736, Japanese Patent Special Open 6 61_169837, Japanese Patent Special Open 62= 曰 曰 = 62 〇 〇 1, 曰 专利 特 昭 ” ” ” ” 〇 2: ^ Ben, Kai Zhao 63_29_, Μ· R Hutt "Joumal 〇f ZTTc (5) This Qing" 1 (No3), (1970)" and other materials described in the article, especially listed: tridentate methyl substitution The compound of the shot. Monomethyl as a 2 s-triazine compound, more suitable is an s-triazine derivative in which at least one monodentate, dihalogen or dentate substituted thiol group is bonded to the s-triazine ring, and specific examples thereof are as follows: 2,4,6_tris(monochloromethyl)_s_triazine, '2,4,6_tris(dichloromethyl)-S-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(trichloroindenyl) _s_Triazine, 2-methyl-j,6-bis(dichloroindenyl)_s_triazine, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloroindenyl)triterpenoid, 2-(α ,α,β_trichloroethyl)_4,6_bis(trimethylmethyl)triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)_s_triazine, 2_(p. Phenyl group 4,6-bis(trichloroindenyl)_S-triazine, 2-(3,4.epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trimethylsulfonyl)_s_triazine, 2_(p-chlorophenyl M,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[1-(p-oxooxy)-2,4.butadienyl]_4,6_double (trichloroindolyl)_s_triazine, anthracenyl-4^6-bis(trichloromethyl)+triazine, 2_(p-oxyl stupidyl)_4,6_bis(trichloromethane) -S-triazine, 2_(p-isopropoxystyryl)_4,6-bis(trichloro)-s-triazine, 2_(p-phenylene)_4,6_double (three Chloromethyl)_s_triazine, 2_(4_naphthyloxynaphthyl K6-bis(trichloromethyl)-S·triazine 2·Phenylthio_4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-benzylthio_4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)_s_triazine, 2,4,6_ One (one wide methyl) _s_ triazine, 2,4,6-tris(trimomethyl)-s-triazine, 2·methyl-52- 200906985 -4,6-bis(tribromofluorenyl) ) _8_ triazine, 2 triazine, etc. Τ milk base - double (triple methyl group > s_ (b) oxadiazole compounds can be listed as: 2_three two '34" dioxin vomit, 2 three gas Base _5_(cyanobenzene U-azole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(naphthalene-work-based 沁' 嗓 ^2^3,4,4-phenethyl fluorenyl) stupid vinyl-1, 3,4·Noise, two saliva, etc. ··曱鼠曱-5-(4-(0 Specific examples of organic borate compounds = Zhao-_, 曰本专利特二=号, Japanese Patent Special Kaiping 9 Kaiping 9-face 6 〇-131837, Japanese Patent Japan, Japanese Patent, Japanese Patent, Special Open Patent, Special Patent 2, 07716, Japanese Temple No. 2764769, and Japanese Patent 2__31.
Kunz, Martinc<Rad Tech5 98 Pr^ 矹寻谷 a 報及Kunz, Martinc<Rad Tech5 98 Pr^ 矹寻谷 a
Chicago^ t 98· ^ceechng April 19-22, 1998, ==報、曰本專利特開…55= 專利特開平6-175561號公韶胼勺畨 > 各… 根《丰 或有機魏代硫鑌錯合物專物 二^專利特開平6·_二 ,錯合物,·日本專利特開平6·3侧 特開平7-128785號八相。;由 ϋ、曰本專利 報、日本專利转本專利特開平7·140589號公 7·4號公^^^06527號公報、日本專利特開平 4有_騎金屬錄元錯合物等。 61二列舉如:曰本專利特開昭 現A報、日本特願2〇〇1_132318號說明書等所記 -53- 200906985 載之化合物等。 (e) 肟酯化合物可以列舉出:j c s Perkin II (1979) 1653-1660 > J. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162 > Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology Π9〇5^ 202-71? > n yfc; 專利特開露議號公報所記^化合)物;日本專= 開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2〇〇4_534797號公報 所記載之化合物等。 (f) 鏽鹽化合物可以列舉如:s j Schlesinger,ph〇t〇gr Sci. Eng. 18, 387 (1974), T. S. Bal P〇lymer, 21, 423 (1980)所記載之重氮鏽鹽;美國專利第4,_,g55號說明 書、日本專獅開平4_36觸料所記狀織;美國專 利第4,_,G55號、同4,G69,G56號的各說明書所記載之鱗 鏽鹽;歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,〇49號、 =第稱別號的各說明書、日本專利特開平2_15〇848 日本專利特開平2_296514號的各公報所記載之蛾錯鹽Chicago^ t 98· ^ceechng April 19-22, 1998, == newspaper, 曰本 patent special opening...55= Patent special Kaiping 6-175561 韶胼 韶胼 畨> each... Root "Feng or organic Wei sulphur镔 合物 合物 专 ^ ^ 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利 专利由 曰 曰 专利 专利 、 日本 日本 日本 日本 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 065 61. For example, the patents such as the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. A, and the Japanese Patent No. 2〇〇1_132318, etc. -53-200906985, etc. (e) The oxime ester compound can be exemplified by: jcs Perkin II (1979) 1653-1660 > JCS Perkin II (1979) 156-162 > Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology Π9〇5^202-71? > n yfc The compound described in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-80068, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. (f) The rust salt compound can be exemplified by sj Schlesinger, ph〇t〇gr Sci. Eng. 18, 387 (1974), TS Bal P〇lymer, 21, 423 (1980); Patent No. 4, _, g55, Japanese lion Kaiping 4_36, and the rust salt described in each specification of US Patent No. 4, _, G55, and 4, G69, G56; Patent No. 104,143, U.S. Patent No. 339, No. 49, No. No., No. 4, No. 2, No. 2, No.
的觀:im月,鏘鹽為二芳基硬鑌鹽,從穩定性 子性基團取代。更佳的是,被三=個以 代。另;最佳的是被四個或四個以上的烷氧基取 ,糾’作絲硬化性良好料純料補、 至少一個二芳基形成在大於等於 心 :一㈣的一部分。或者,較 3〇〇譲有吸收的官能團作為取代基的在大於等於 作為可適用於本發明的硫錯鹽,可以列舉出:歐洲專 -54- 200906985 利第 370,693 號、同 390,214 號、同 233,567 號、同 297,443 號、同297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、同161,811 號、同 410,201 號、同 339,049 號、同 4,760,013 號、同 4,734,444 號、同 2,833,827 號、德國專利第 2,9〇4,626 號、 同3,604,580號、同3,604,581號的各說明書所記載之硫鑌 鹽,攸穩疋性的靈敏度方面考慮,較佳的是被吸電子性基 團取代。較佳的是,吸電子基團的哈米*(Hammett)值大二 0。較佳的吸電子性基團可以列舉出:鹵素原子、羧酸等: 從熱分解性、穩定性之均衡以及與增感劑等併用時的 光硬化性的觀點考慮,其他較佳的硫鏽鹽為三芳基硫鏽 鹽。較佳的是,具有至少一個鹵素原子、羧基等吸電子性 基團;進一步較佳的是兩取代或兩取代以上;最佳 取代或三取代以上。 — 其他較佳的硫鏽鹽的形態可以列舉出:三芳基硫鑌醆 的-個取代基具有香豆素、蒽峨構且在大於等於議二 具有吸收的硫紐。作為其他較佳的硫鏽鹽的三芳基硫錄 鹽’其至少-個三芳基形成在大於等於謂nm具有吸收 的生色_-部分。或者,錄的是含有在大於等於300 mn具有吸收的官能團作為取代基的三芳基硫鏽鹽等。 作為鏽鹽化合物,還以列舉出:j v. Crivdl〇等 謂molecules,10 ⑹,1307 (1977) ; ; v Crivdl〇 等 /View: im month, the bismuth salt is a diaryl hard sulfonium salt, which is substituted from a stable group. More preferably, it is replaced by three = one. Further, it is preferable to take it by four or more alkoxy groups, and to correct the silk hardenability of the pure material, and at least one diaryl group is formed at a part of the core: one (four). Alternatively, the functional group having an absorption of 3 Å as a substituent is equal to or greater than the sulfa-correction salt which is applicable to the present invention, and is exemplified by: European Patent No. -54-200906985, No. 370,693, No. 390,214, and 233,567 No. 297,443, 297,442, U.S. Patent No. 4,933,377, 161,811, 410,201, 339,049, 4,760,013, 4,734,444, 2,833,827, German Patent 2,9,4,626 The sulfonium salt described in each specification of No. 3,604,580 and No. 3,604,581 is preferably substituted with an electron-withdrawing group in view of sensitivity to stability. Preferably, the Hammett value of the electron withdrawing group is greater than zero. Preferred examples of the electron-withdrawing group include a halogen atom, a carboxylic acid, and the like: other preferred sulfur rust from the viewpoints of thermal decomposition property, stability balance, and photocurability at the time of use in combination with a sensitizer or the like. The salt is a triarylsulfide salt. Preferably, it has at least one electron-withdrawing group such as a halogen atom or a carboxyl group; further preferably a di- or bi- or more substitution; an optimum substitution or a tri- or higher substitution. — The form of other preferred sulphur salts can be exemplified by the fact that the substituent of the triaryl sulfonium has a coumarin, an oxime and a thione having an absorption of greater than or equal to that of the second. As the triarylthione salt of other preferred sulphur salts, at least one triaryl group is formed at a chromophore--portion having an absorption of greater than or equal to nm. Alternatively, a triarylsulfide salt containing a functional group having an absorption of 300 mn or more as a substituent is recorded. As the rust salt compound, it is also exemplified by: j v. Crivdl〇, etc., moleucules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977); v Crivdl〇 et al.
Polymer Sci. Polymer Chem. Ed· 17, 1〇1 載之 石西鹽;C S. Wen 等,The,Pr〇c. c〇nf Rad Asu戰⑽ 頁,Tokyo, Oct (1988)所記载之钟鹽等鏽鹽等。 ’ (g)幾基化合物可以列舉出:二苯f酮、米歇嗣、2_甲 -55- 200906985 基二苯甲酮、3-甲基二苯甲酮、4_曱基二苯甲酮、2-氯二 苯曱酮、4-溴二苯曱酮、2-羧基二苯曱酮等二苯甲酮衍生 物,2,2-二甲氧基_2_苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、ι_ 羥基環己基苯丙酮、α_羥基_2_甲基苯丙酮、^羥基_丨_曱基 乙基-(對異丙基苯基)酮、1·經基(對十二烧基苯基)酮、 2-曱基_(4’-(曱硫基)苯基)_2·嗎啉基小丙酮、三氯曱基 -(對丁基苯基)酮、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基_4-嗎啉基丙基苯基甲 嗣(butyrophenone)等苯乙酮衍生物;嗟嘲酮、2·乙基嘆啼 鲷、2-異丙基噻噸酮、2-氯噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、2,4_ 一乙基嗔嘲酮、2,4-二異丙基嗟嘲酮等嘆嘴酮衍生物;對 二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、對二乙胺基苯曱酸乙酯等苯甲酸酯 衍生物等。 (h)縮酮化合物可以列舉如:苄基甲基縮酮、苄基_p_ 甲氧基乙基乙基縮醛等。 ⑴苯偶姻化合物可以列舉如:間苯偶姻異丙醚、苯偶 姻異丁醚、苯偶姻曱醚、甲基鄰苯曱醯基苯甲酸酯等。 ①0丫咬化合物可以列舉如:9-苯基α丫咬、1,7_雙(9_〇丫 咬基)庚烧等。 (1)有機過氧化物可以列舉如:三甲基環己酮過氧化 物、乙醯丙酮過氧化物、191_雙(第三級丁基過 3 5_三 甲基環己烧、1,1_雙(第三級丁基過氧)環己燒、2,2雙(第^ 級丁基過氧)丁烧、第三級τ基氫過氧㈣ 物、二異丙基苯氫過氧化物、仏二曱基己似,5_二^ :化物、1,1,3,3·四曱基丁基氫過氧化物、第三級丁基枯烯 基過氧化物、二枯烯基過氧化物、2,5_二曱基_25 _(第二 -56- 200906985 級了基過氧)己院、2,5-〇axn〇yl過氡化物、過氧化琥拍酸、 化苯甲醯、2, 4·二氯苯曱醯過氧化物、二異丙基過氧 一,酸醋、二-2-乙基己基過氧二碳酸醋、二·2_乙氧基乙基 過,一碳酸酯、二曱氧基異丙基過氧碳酸酯、二(3_曱基_3_ 甲氧基丁基)過氧二碳酸酯、第三級丁基過氧乙酸酯、第三 、,丁,過氧戊酸醋、第三級丁基過氧新癸酸醋、第三級丁 土過氧辛酸酉曰、第二級丁基過氧月桂酸醋、第三級碳酸鹽 r (二亭㈣咖的以^四⑽三級丁基過氧幾幻二苯 同4 Λ,3,3,4,4 _四(第二級己基過氧羰基)二苯甲酮、 (^笛:1/四i對異丙基枯稀基過氧幾基)二苯甲_、M基二 ϋ ί過氧二氫二鄰苯二甲_)、羰基二(第三級己 基過乳一虱二鄰苯二甲酸酯)等。 节八化合物可明舉^日本糊制平謂, 號Α報所S己载之偶氮化合物等。 ⑻香騎化合物可以縣如 _2_基)胺基)·3_苯基香豆辛 Π 5胺基|一秦 胺基)-3·苯基香豆素、/丁乙胺基♦三嗪_2_基) 基)·3·苯基香豆素等。…—甲胺基I三嗪-2-基)胺 明奎⑻可以列舉如:美國專利第28_號說 氮亞伽-乙l·環所己化合物,-雙㈣ (P)金屬茂化合物可 冰⑸396號公報、曰 ^如·曰f專利特開昭 本專利特開昭63姻、日 现A報、曰本專利特開平“抑號 -57- 200906985 公報、曰本專利特開平2·47〇5 5韻號公報所記載之各種二茂鈦化“本^特= 苯τ基、二環戍二縣 戊二稀基H2,3,4,5,6_五氟苯基、二甲基 %戊一烯基二氟苯 I雙-2,4,6_三氟苯+基、一:基^一烯基 | 一 ^基叛戊二烯基-Ti·雙 氟苯+基、二·甲基環戊二稀基H2,3 4 5 6_ 曰本專利特開平1彻53號公報、曰本專 特開平M521G9號公報所記载之鐵·芳烴錯合物等。 (q)六芳基^米嗤化合物可以列舉如: 號公報、美國專利第3,479,185號、同第4,3iij =㈣4,622,286號等各酬書所記載之各種化合物, 々體可以列舉出:2,2,·雙(鄰氯苯基)_4,4,,5,5,-四苯基二咪 巧鄰 >臭苯基))-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二^米嗤、2,2,_雙(鄰, 對一氯苯基)_4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2,_雙(鄰氯苯 f)-M:,5,5,-四(間曱氧苯基)二味嗤、2,2,_雙(鄰,鄰,_二氯苯 土)-4,4’二5,5’-四苯基二咪哇、2,2,_雙(鄰硝基苯基)_4,4,,5,5,_ 四苯基二咪唑、2,2,_雙(鄰曱基苯基)-4,4,,5,5,-四苯基二咪 唑、2,2’-雙(鄰三氟苯基)_4,4,,5,5,_四苯基二咪唑等。 (Γ)醯基膦(過氧化)化合物可以列舉出:Ciba SpecialtyPolymer Sci. Polymer Chem. Ed. 17, 1 石 石石盐; C S. Wen et al, The, Pr〇c. c〇nf Rad Asu (10), recorded in Tokyo, Oct (1988) Rust salt, such as bell salt. ' (g) a group of compounds can be exemplified by: diphenyl f ketone, Michelin, 2 - A - 55 - 200906985 benzophenone, 3-methyl benzophenone, 4 - fluorenyl benzophenone , benzophenone derivatives such as 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromodibenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2 ,2-diethoxyacetophenone, ι_hydroxycyclohexylpropiophenone, α-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone, hydroxy-丨-mercaptoethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl)one, 1 · mercapto (p-dodecylphenyl) ketone, 2-mercapto-(4'-(indolyl)phenyl)_2·morpholinylacetone, trichloroindolyl-(p-butylphenyl) Ethyl ketone derivatives such as ketone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino 4-morpholinopropyl phenylformamidine (butyrophenone); oxime ketone, 2-ethyl sulphate, 2- Isopropyl thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-ethylpyridone, 2,4-diisopropylpyridone, etc. Derivatives; benzoic acid ester derivatives such as p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, p-diethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, and the like. The (h) ketal compound may, for example, be a benzyl methyl ketal or a benzyl _p_ methoxyethyl ethyl acetal. (1) The benzoin compound may, for example, be benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin oxime ether or methyl orthophenyl benzoate. The ten bite compound may, for example, be a 9-phenyl alpha bite or a 1,7-bis (9-fluorene) gargene. (1) The organic peroxide may, for example, be trimethylcyclohexanone peroxide, acetamidine acetone peroxide, 191_bis (third-stage butyl per 3 5 -trimethylcyclohexane, 1, 1_ bis (third-order butyl peroxy) cyclohexane, 2, 2 bis (th-butyl peroxy) butane, tertiary τ-hydroperoxy (tetra), diisopropyl benzene hydrogen Oxide, bismuth oxime, 5 _ 2 : compound, 1,1,3,3·tetradecyl butyl hydroperoxide, tertiary butyl cumyl peroxide, dicumene Base peroxide, 2,5-diindenyl _25 _ (second-56-200906985 grade based peroxygen) hexagram, 2,5-〇axn〇yl per- ruthenium, peroxy sulphate Benzoe, 2,4·dichlorophenylhydrazine peroxide, diisopropylperoxy-monohydrate, acid vinegar, di-2-ethylhexylperoxydicarbonate, di-2-ethoxyethyl , monocarbonate, dimethoxy isopropyl peroxycarbonate, bis(3-hydrazino-3 methoxybutyl) peroxydicarbonate, third butyl peroxyacetate, Third, Ding, peroxyvaleric acid vinegar, third-grade butyl peroxy neodecanoic acid vinegar, third-grade butadiene peroxyoctanoate, second-grade butyl peroxygen Sour vinegar, third-grade carbonate r (two pavilions (four) coffee with ^ four (10) tri-butyl peroxy dioxo-diphenyl with 4 Λ, 3,3,4,4 _ four (second-stage hexyl peroxycarbonyl) Benzophenone, (^ flute: 1/4 i to isopropyl isopropyloxyperoxy)diphenyl-, M-based ϋ 过 peroxydi- phthalate _), carbonyl II (third-grade hexyl emulsifiable mono- phthalate), etc. Section VIII compounds can be clearly stated as a Japanese paste, and the azo compound contained in the S. County such as _2_yl)amino)·3_phenylcoumarin oxime 5Amino|monomethylamino)-3·phenyl coumarin, /butylethylamine ♦ triazine_2_yl) Base)·3·phenyl coumarin and the like. ...-Methylamino I triazin-2-yl)amine Menque (8) can be exemplified by: U.S. Patent No. 28_No. Nitrogen-Ethyl-cyclohexyl compound,-bis(tetra)(P)metallocene compound Ice (5) 396, 曰^如·曰f Patent special open Zhaoben patent special open Zhao 63 marriage, Japanese present A newspaper, 曰本 patent special Kaiping "Suppression number -57- 200906985 bulletin, 曰本专利特开平2·47各种5 5 韵 号 所 各种 各种 各种 各种 各种 各种 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 韵 本 本 本 韵 韵 韵 = = = = = % pentyl alkenyl difluorobenzene I bis-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene+yl, mono-l-alkenyl | a thiol-dipentadienyl-Ti·difluorobenzene+yl, two Methylcyclopentadienyl H2,3 4 5 6 曰 专利 专利 专利 彻 彻 彻 彻 彻 彻 彻 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 (q) The hexaaryl-based bismuth compound can be exemplified by various compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 3,479, 185, and 4, 3iij = (4) 4, 622, 286. :2,2,·Bis(o-chlorophenyl)_4,4,,5,5,-tetraphenyldimethicone >odor phenyl))-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl 2,2,2-bis(o-, p-chlorophenyl)_4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2,_bis(o-chlorobenzene f)- M:,5,5,-tetrakis (metamethoxyphenyl) dimiso, 2,2,_bis(o-, o-, _dichlorobenzene)-4,4'di 5,5'-tetraphenyl Base dimi, 2,2,_bis(o-nitrophenyl)_4,4,5,5,_tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2,_bis(o-nonylphenyl)-4, 4,5,5,-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-trifluorophenyl)-4,4,5,5,-tetraphenyldiimidazole, and the like. (Γ) mercaptophosphine (peroxidation) compounds can be exemplified by: Ciba Specialty
Chemicals 社製的 irgacure8i9、Darocure 4265、Darocure TPO 等。 作為用於本發明的(E)酸/自由基發生劑,從曝光靈敏 "58- 200906985 度的觀點考慮,較佳的是自三鹵甲基三嗪系化合物、苄基 二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、 酸基鱗系化合物、氧化膦系化合物、金屬茂化合物、肟系 化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鐳系化合物、苯並噻唑系 化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、苯乙酮系化合物及其衍生物、 環戍二烯-苯_鐵錯合物及其鹽、函甲基噁二唑化合物及3_ 芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的組群中選擇的化合物。 就上述(Ε)產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物而 5 ’藉由考慮其與(Α)利用酸及自由基中的至少一種進行硬 化的化合物的關係而適當選擇,可以實現更高的靈敏度。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中併用(Ε)酸/自由基發生劑 時’相對於喷墨墨水中所含的總固體成分,酸/自由基 發生劑的含量較佳的是⑴丨〜孙’更佳的是〇 5〜25 wt%,特別佳的是1〜2〇 wt。/。。(Ε)酸/自由基發生劑的含量 在此範圍内時’可以形成更好的靈敏度和強固的硬化部。 上述(E)產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物可以使用 一種,或者是兩種或兩種以上混合使用。 <(F)黏合劑聚合物> 在本發明中,為了提高利用喷墨方式於基板上塗敷並 形成圖像的液滴硬化時的硬化性以及提高硬化後的強度、 與基板的密合性,可以添加黏合劑。 作為黏合劑成分,可以使用僅由本身不具聚合反應性 的樹脂構成的、僅進行乾燥固化的黏合劑成分。但為了賦 予塗膜足夠的強度、耐久性及密合性,較佳的是,使用利 用噴墨方式於基板上形成墨水層(塗膜)的圖案後可以利用 -59- 200906985 聚合反應使所述墨水層硬化的黏合劑成分,例如可以使 用:可利用可見光線、紫外線、電子射線、紅外線等光戋 加熱進行聚合硬化的硬化性黏合劑成分。 在本發明中,還適合使用含有在酸存在下可與氧雜 丁烧基反應的官能團的黏合劑。 ” 硬化性黏合劑成分可以含有可利用可見光線、紫 線、電子射線、紅外線等光或加熱使之聚合硬化的硬化性 樹脂,根據S要還可以含㈣用紋/或熱產生酸及 由基、驗等的化合物、光增感劑、含有至少一種用古 硬化性樹脂之硬化性的自由基聚合性基圈 性= 等的低分子化合物等。 硬=月旨中,為了賦予成膜性和相對於被 合性,較佳的疋包括分子量較高 ^ 子量較高是指分子量高於所噌的留辨々k处所况的分 可以以曹詈旱於八^ 的早體或低聚物的分子量, 了如古大於#於5,卿為標準。作為分子 :以可以使用本身不具聚合反應性的聚合 兩種或兩種==聚合反應性的聚合物’還可以是 作為黏合劑聚合物,可以根據 的聚合物。例如,將如下所示的單體群; 可用於本發明的⑺黏合劑聚合物。…起來了以侍到 (1)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、而 丙稀酸4-經丁酉旨、^婦酸2力丙酉旨、丙稀酸3_經丙酯、 羥丙酯、甲基丙烯/3基丙烯酸厶羥乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2- ~的==甲:;=:_等含 -60- 200906985 (2) 丙烯酸曱酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸丁酯、 丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸戊酯、丙烯酸己酯、丙烯酸2_乙基 己酯、丙烯酸辛酯、丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸氣乙酯、丙烯 酸縮水甘油酯、3,4-環氧基環己基甲基丙烯酸醋、丙烯酸 乙烯酯、丙烯酸2-苯基乙烯酯、丙烯酸卜丙稀酯、丙烯酸 烯丙酯、丙烯酸2-烯丙氧乙基酯、丙烯酸快丙酯等丙烯酸 烷基酯。 (3) 曱基丙烯酸曱酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、曱基丙烯酸丙酯、 ( 曱基丙烯酸丁酯、甲基丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸戊酯、 曱基丙烯酸己酯、甲基丙稀酸2-乙基己酯、曱基丙烯酸環 己酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯、曱基丙烯酸-2-氯乙酯、甲基丙烯 酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯、甲基 丙烯酸乙烯酯、曱基丙烯酸2-苯基乙烯酯、曱基丙烯酸1-丙烯酯、甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯、曱基丙烯酸2-烯丙氧乙基酯、 曱基丙烯酸炔丙酯等曱基丙烯酸烷基酯。 (4) 丙烯醯胺、曱基丙烯醯胺、N-羥曱基丙烯醯胺、N-乙基 丙烯醯胺、N-己基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-環己基丙烯醯胺、N- ί 羥乙基丙烯醯胺、Ν-苯基丙烯醯胺、Ν-硝基苯基丙烯醯 胺、Ν-乙基-Ν-苯基丙烯醯胺、乙烯基丙烯醯胺、乙烯基甲 基丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二烯丙基丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二烯丙基甲基 丙烯醯胺、烯丙基丙烯醯胺、烯丙基曱基丙烯醯胺等丙烯 醯胺或甲基丙烯醯胺。 (5) 乙基乙烯基醚、2-氯乙基乙烯基醚、羥乙基乙烯基醚、 丙基乙烯基醚、丁基乙烯基醚、辛基乙烯基醚、苯基乙烯 基醚等乙烯基醚類。 -61- 200906985 (6) 乙酸乙烯酯、乙烯基氯乙酸酯、丁酸乙烯酯、苯甲酸乙 烯酯等乙烯基酯類。 (7) 笨乙烯、α-曱基苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、氯曱基苯乙稀、 對乙醯氧基苯乙烯、對羧基苯乙烯等苯乙烯類。 (8) 甲基乙浠基酮、乙基乙稀基_、丙基乙烯基綱、笨基乙 烯基酮等乙烯基酮類。 (9) 乙知r、丙烯、異丁烯、丁一烯、異戊二稀等稀烴類。 (10) N-乙烯基V»比咯烷酮、丙晞腈、甲基丙烯腈等。 (11) 馬來酿亞胺、N-丙烯酿基丙烯醯胺、N-乙酿基甲基丙 烯醯胺、N-丙醯基曱基丙烯醯胺、N_(對氣苯曱醯基)甲基 丙烯醯胺等不飽和醯亞胺。 (12) 在α位結合有雜原子的甲基丙烯酸系單體。可以列舉 如:特願200Μ15595號說明書、特願2001-115598號說 明書等所記載之化合物。Irgaracure8i9, Darocure 4265, Darocure TPO, etc. manufactured by Chemicals. As the (E) acid/radical generating agent used in the present invention, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity "58-200906985 degrees, it is preferred from a trihalomethyltriazine compound, benzyldimethylketal a compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acid-based scaly compound, a phosphine oxide-based compound, a metallocene compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, a radium compound, a benzothiazole Compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclodecadiene-benzene-iron complex and its salt, methyl oxadiazole compound and 3-aryl substituted coumarin A compound selected from the group consisting of compounds. The above-mentioned (Ε) compound which generates at least one of an acid and a radical is appropriately selected by considering the relationship with the compound which hardens by at least one of an acid and a radical, and can implement higher. Sensitivity. When the (Ε) acid/radical generating agent is used in combination with the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the acid/radical generating agent is preferably (1) 丨~sun relative to the total solid content contained in the inkjet ink. 'More preferably 〇5~25 wt%, especially good is 1~2〇wt. /. . When the content of the (Ε) acid/radical generating agent is within this range, a better sensitivity and a strong hardened portion can be formed. The above (E) compound which produces at least one of an acid and a radical may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. <(F)Binder Polymer> In the present invention, in order to improve the hardenability at the time of hardening of a droplet which is applied onto a substrate by an inkjet method and form an image, and to improve the strength after curing, adhesion to the substrate Sex, you can add a binder. As the binder component, a binder component which is composed only of a resin which does not have polymerization property itself and which is only dried and solidified can be used. However, in order to impart sufficient strength, durability, and adhesion to the coating film, it is preferred to use the inkjet method to form a pattern of the ink layer (coating film) on the substrate, and then the polymerization can be carried out by using -59-200906985 polymerization. As the binder component to which the ink layer is cured, for example, a curable binder component which can be polymerized and cured by light-heating such as visible light, ultraviolet light, electron beam or infrared light can be used. In the present invention, it is also suitable to use a binder containing a functional group reactive with an oxabutyl group in the presence of an acid. The curable adhesive component may contain a curable resin which can be polymerized and cured by light or heat such as visible light, purple wire, electron beam or infrared light, and may further contain (iv) acid and base by heat and/or according to S. a compound such as a test, a photosensitizer, or a low molecular compound containing at least one curable radical polymerizable ring-based property of the sclerosing resin, etc., in order to impart film formability and hardness Relative to the conformity, the preferred enthalpy includes a higher molecular weight. The higher the molecular weight, the higher the molecular weight than the 留 留 留 々 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以 可以The molecular weight, as the ancient times greater than #5, is the standard. As a molecule: a polymer that can be used without polymerization itself or two or two ==polymerizable polymer' can also be used as a binder polymer a polymer which can be based on, for example, a monomer group as shown below; (7) a binder polymer which can be used in the present invention, which is used to serve (1) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and acrylic acid 4 - by Ding Yu, ^ 酸酸 2 力丙酉, C Dilute acid 3_ propyl acrylate, hydroxypropyl acrylate, methacrylic acid / 3 hydroxy hydroxyethyl acrylate, methacrylic acid 2- ~ == A:; =: _, etc. -60- 200906985 (2) Ester, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, acrylic acid shrinkage Glyceride, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methacrylate, vinyl acrylate, 2-phenylvinyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, allyl acrylate, 2-allyloxyethyl acrylate, Acrylic acid alkyl acrylate such as propyl acrylate. (3) decyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, (butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, amyl methacrylate) , hexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 2-chloroethyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, A 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl acrylate, vinyl methacrylate, mercaptopropyl Alkyl methacrylate such as 2-phenylvinyl acrylate, 1-propenyl methacrylate, allyl methacrylate, 2-allyloxyethyl methacrylate, and propargyl methacrylate. (4) acrylamide, mercapto acrylamide, N-hydroxydecyl acrylamide, N-ethyl acrylamide, N-hexyl methacrylamide, N-cyclohexyl acrylamide, N- ί Hydroxyethyl acrylamide, fluorene-phenyl acrylamide, hydrazine-nitrophenyl acrylamide, hydrazine-ethyl-hydrazine-phenyl acrylamide, vinyl acrylamide, vinyl methacrylate Acrylamide or methyl group such as amine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diallyl acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diallyl methacrylamide, allyl acrylamide, allyl acryl decylamine Acrylamide. (5) Ethyl vinyl ether, 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl Vinyl ethers such as ethers. -61- 200906985 (6) Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl butyrate, and vinyl benzoate. (7) Styrene, α-mercaptostyrene, methyl styrene, chlorophenyl styrene, p-ethoxylated styrene, p-carboxystyrene and other styrenes. (8) Vinyl ketones such as methyl ketone ketone, ethyl vinyl _, propyl vinyl, and phenyl vinyl ketone. (9) B knows rare hydrocarbons such as r, propylene, isobutylene, butylene, and isoprene. (10) N-vinyl V» pyrrolidone, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, and the like. (11) Maleic imine, N-propylene acrylamide, N-ethyl methacrylamide, N-propyl decyl acrylamide, N_(p-benzophenone) An unsaturated quinone imine such as acrylamide. (12) A methacrylic monomer having a hetero atom bonded to the α-position. For example, the compounds described in the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 200-15595, and the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-115598 can be cited.
(13) 甲基丙稀酸、丙烯酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、I 甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、 2-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基六氫化鄰苯二甲酸、2_甲基丙烯醯氣 乙基鄰苯二曱酸、2-丙烯醯胺-2-曱基-1-丙磺酸、3_磺丙基 曱基丙烯酸鉀鹽等含有酸根或其鹽的單體。 土 ^其中,為了提高硬化性,較佳的是側鏈含有烯丙基或 縮水甘油基或(甲基)丙稀酸基、苯乙烯基等反應性基團 樹脂® 士侧鏈含有烯丙基或乙烯基酯基和羧基的(曱基)丙烯酸 樹脂及曰本專利特開2000_187322號公報、曰本專利特開 2002-62698號公報所記載之側鏈含有雙鍵的鹼可溶性樹脂 -62- 200906985 公報所記載之侧鏈含有醯 靈敏度之均衡優異,故適 或曰本專利特開2001-242612號 胺基的鹼可溶性樹脂的膜強度、 合使用。 口不寻利特公千7_12〇〇4號、日本專利特公平 7-120041號、日本專利特公平7_12〇〇42號、日本專利特: 平8-12424號、日本專利特開昭63-287944號、日本專利 特開昭63-287947號、日本專利特開平⑵咖號、日本 2=1::116232號等所記載之含有酸根的聚氨酯系 黏δ劑“物或日本專利制綱2_寒18所記載之側鍵 3有酉夂根和雙鍵的聚氨g旨系黏合劑聚合物的強度非常優 異,因此利於使用。 歐洲專利993966、歐洲專利12G4_、日本專利特開 2001-318463等所記載之含有酸根的縮酸改性聚乙稀醇系 黏合劑聚合__度、硬錄之_優異,故適合使用1 =外作為水;^性線狀有機高分子’聚乙烯吼嘻燒綱 或聚環氧乙料_。為了提高硬化被膜㈣度,醇可溶 =尼龍或2,2_雙(4·鮮基)丙烧和環氧氯丙财聚鍵等也 本發明中可使用的黏合劑聚合物,其重量平均分子量 ,佳的是大於等於5,_,進—步較佳的是〗萬〜3〇萬的 =圍;其數平均分子量較佳的是大於等於〗,_,進 ^的是2’_〜25萬的範圍;其多分散度(重量平均分子 里平均为子里)較佳的是大於等於1,進一步較佳的是 u〜10的範圍。 上述黏合劑聚合物可以是無規聚合物、嵌段聚合物、 -63- 200906985 接枝聚合物等中的任一種。 本發明中可使用的黏合劑聚合物可以利 方法進行合成。合成時使㈣溶劑可關舉如:的 =氣化乙烯、環已酮、丁酮、丙嗣、甲醇、乙醇Ί 早甲喊、乙二醇單乙縫、乙酸2-甲氧基乙醋、二甘醇1 二、1-甲氧基1丙醇、r甲氧基_2_丙基乙酸酉旨、 t甲醯胺、聯二曱基乙醯胺、甲苯、乙酸乙酯、乳酸甲 酉曰、乳酸乙酿、二曱基亞礙、水等。上述溶 兩種或兩種以上混合使用。 Λ早獨或 合成本發明中可使用的黏合劑聚合物時 基聚合起始财以聽出:錢系起始劑 用 劑等習知的化合物。 mm物起始 (光硬化性黏合劑聚合物) 在先前所述的具較佳特性之光硬雛黏合劑 要還可以添加單官能的單體、低聚物。作為單官能 嬌物,可以例示如:苯乙烯、乙酸乙烯酯等乙 體 正己醋、丙埽酸苯氧基乙醋等單官能 ^僅以熱來提高硬化性、_熱產生酸或驗時,可以 不二及本發明之效果的範圍内使用下述環氧化合物。 化人物3㈣細日、,成物巾添加分子量較㈣多官能環氧 二匕::時,硬化性树脂組成物中環氧基得到補充,環氧基 的反應點濃度增加,可以提高交聯密度。 在:官能環氧化合物中’為了提高; 後度,較佳的是,使用—分子中含有四個或四個以上的ί -64- 200906985 氧基的環氧化合物。特別是在以喷墨方式使用本發 =性樹脂組成物的情況下,為了提高喷墨 上r合性環氧化合物的重量平均分= 等於1〇,〇〇〇時,硬化樹脂層的強度或硬度容易下降,因 此’較佳的是,於硬化性樹脂組成物中添加上述 四官能以上的多官能環氧化合物以充分提高交聯密度 多官能環氧化合物只要是一分子中含有 上的環氧基的化合物即可,沒有特別限定,例如可 雙酴A型環氧旨、魏縣触、㈤ =脂、雙W型縣樹脂、二苯細龍氧樹脂、= 31%氧樹脂、#型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環紐脂、Μ型 ,脂:苯祕清漆魏氧樹脂、鄰甲祕清漆型環氧樹脂、 二經笨基甲炫型環氧樹脂、三官能型環氧樹脂、四苯(7工 = -》,PhenylGl)乙細環氧樹脂、二環戊二騎越型環 =脂、加氫㈣A型環氧樹脂、雙酴A含核轉型環氧 ί月曰、聚丙—醇型壤氧樹脂、縮水甘油g旨型環氧樹脂 ^甘油胺型環氧樹脂、乙二_環氧樹脂、脂環 樹 脂、雜環型環氧樹脂等。 m F可以^具體地例不出商品名EpiC〇at 828 (油化She11 Epoxy社製)等雙紛A型環氧樹脂;商品名ydf_i7 都化成社製)等魏F型環氧樹脂;商品名YDB·(東= ,成社製)等溴化㈣A型環氧樹脂;商品名EpicL⑽ (大日本油墨化學工業社製)等雙酴s型環氧樹 =,商扣名YDC-1312 (東都化成社製)等氫酿型環氧樹脂; 商品名EPICLON EXA4032 (大日本油墨化學工業社製)等 -65- 200906985 萘型環氧樹脂;商品名EpicoatYX4000H (油化Shell Epoxy 社製)等聯苯型環氧樹脂;商品名Epicoat 157S70 (油化 Shell Epoxy社製)等雙酚A型酚醛清漆系環氧樹脂;商品 名 Epicoat 154 (油化 Shell Epoxy 社製)、商品名 YDPN-638 (東都化成社製)等酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;商品名YDCN_7〇1 (東都化成社製)等曱酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂;商品名 EPICLON HP-7200 (大日本油墨化學工業社製)等二環戊 二稀盼酸型環氧樹脂;商品名Epicoat 1032H60 (油化Shell Epoxy社製)等三羥苯基曱烷型環氧樹脂;商品名 VG3101M80 (三井化學社製)等三官能型環氧樹脂;商品名 Epicoat 1031S (油化 Shell Epoxy 社製)等四苯(7 Λ 二口 — (’phenylol)乙烷型環氧樹脂;商品名Denac〇1 εχ_411 (Nagase化成工業社製)等四官能型環氧樹脂;商品名 ST-3000 (東都化成社製)等加氫雙盼a型環氧樹脂;商品 f Epicoat 190P (油化Shell Epoxy社製)等縮水甘油酯型環 氧樹脂;商品名YH-434 (東都化成社製)等縮水甘油胺型環 氧樹脂,商品名YDG-414 (東都化成社製)等乙二醛型環氧 樹脂;商品名EpolideGT-401 (DA1CEL化學社製)等脂環式 多官能環氧化合物;三縮水甘油基異氰酸酯(TGIC)^雜^ 型環氧樹脂等。另外,根據需要可以添加商品名Ne。偷〇_Ε (東都化成社製)等作為環氧反應性稀釋劑。上述多官能環 氧化合物+ 佳岐商^名EpieGat 157S7q (油化(13) Methyl acrylate, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, I methacryloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-propenyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-methyl Propylene oxiranyl ethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-methyl propylene terephthalate ethyl phthalic acid, 2-propenyl guanamine-2-mercapto-1-propane sulfonic acid, 3-sulfonyl hydrazine A monomer containing a acid or a salt thereof, such as a potassium acrylate. In order to improve the hardenability, it is preferred that the side chain contains an allyl group or a glycidyl group or a (meth)acrylic acid group, a styryl group or the like, and a reactive group resin® side chain contains an allyl group. Or a vinyl ester group and a carboxyl group (mercapto) acrylic resin, and an alkali-soluble resin having a double bond in a side chain described in JP-A-2002-62698, JP-A-2002-62698-62-200906985 The side chain described in the publication contains an excellent balance of ruthenium sensitivity, and is suitable for use as a film strength of an alkali-soluble resin of the amine group of JP-A-2001-242612. The mouth does not find Lit Kung Kwan 7_12〇〇4, Japanese Patent Special Fair 7-120041, Japanese Patent Special Fair 7_12〇〇42, Japanese Patent Special: Ping 8-12424, Japanese Patent Special Open 63-287944 No., Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 63-287947, Japanese Patent Laid-Open (2) Coffee No., Japan No. 2: 1:116232, etc., an acid-containing polyurethane-based viscous δ agent or a Japanese patent system. The side-chain 3 described in the first aspect of the invention has a high-strength polymer of the binder of the side-bonding member 3 and the double-bonding agent. Therefore, it is advantageous in use. European Patent No. 993966, European Patent No. 12G4_, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-318463, etc. The acid-containing acid-modified polyethylene-based binder containing the acid group is excellent in the polymerization of __degree and hard-recorded, so it is suitable to use 1 = external water; ^ linear organic polymer 'polyethylene sputum Or polyethylene oxide _. In order to improve the degree of hardening film (four), alcohol soluble = nylon or 2, 2 bis (4 · fresh base) propylene and epoxy chloropropene condensed bonds, etc. can also be used in the present invention The binder polymer, whose weight average molecular weight is preferably 5 or more, is preferably 10,000 to 3 Torr. Preferably, the number average molecular weight is greater than or equal to 〖, _, and is in the range of 2'_~250,000; and its polydispersity (average in the weight average molecule) is preferably greater than It is more preferably 1, more preferably in the range of u to 10. The above binder polymer may be any of a random polymer, a block polymer, a -63-200906985 graft polymer, etc., which can be used in the present invention. The binder polymer can be synthesized by a method. When the synthesis is carried out, the solvent can be as follows: = gasified ethylene, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, propyl ketone, methanol, ethanol Ί early A shout, ethylene glycol single B Sediment, 2-methoxyacetic acid, diethylene glycol 1, dimethoxy-1-propanol, r-methoxy-2-propionic acid, t-formamide, bis-indenyl hydrazine Amine, toluene, ethyl acetate, methacrylate, lactic acid, dimercapto, water, etc. The above two or more kinds of solvents are used in combination. Λ Early or synthetic adhesives usable in the present invention The polymer base time polymerization starts to be heard: a conventional compound such as a money-based initiator, etc. mm start (photo-curing adhesive) Agent polymer) It is also possible to add a monofunctional monomer or oligomer to the photohard binder having the preferred characteristics as described above. As the monofunctional perfume, for example, styrene, vinyl acetate, etc. may be exemplified. Monofunctional such as hexamethylene hexanoic acid or phenoxy acetoacetate, which uses only the following epoxy compounds in the range of the effect of the present invention, which can improve the hardenability by heat, the heat generating acid or the test. The character 3 (4) is fine, and the molecular weight of the finished towel is higher than that of the (4) polyfunctional epoxy dioxime:: the epoxy group is replenished in the curable resin composition, and the concentration of the epoxy group is increased, and the crosslinking can be improved. Density: In the functional epoxy compound, 'in order to improve; later, preferably, an epoxy compound containing four or more ί-64-200906985 oxy groups in the molecule. In particular, when the present invention is used in an inkjet manner, in order to increase the weight average of the r-bonding epoxy compound on the inkjet to be equal to 1 Å, the strength of the cured resin layer or The hardness is likely to be lowered. Therefore, it is preferable to add the above-described tetrafunctional or higher polyfunctional epoxy compound to the curable resin composition to sufficiently increase the crosslinking density. The polyfunctional epoxy compound is an epoxy compound contained in one molecule. The compound of the group may be, and is not particularly limited, and for example, it may be a bismuth A type epoxy, a Weixian touch, a (five) = fat, a double W type resin, a diphenyl fine oxy resin, a 31% oxygen resin, a #type ring Oxygen resin, biphenyl type ring grease, bismuth type, fat: benzene secret varnish Wei oxygen resin, adjacent sclerosing varnish type epoxy resin, bismuth-based styrofoam epoxy resin, trifunctional epoxy resin, four Benzene (7 work = -", PhenylGl) E-epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene riding ring = fat, hydrogenation (tetra) A-type epoxy resin, biguanide A containing nuclear transformation epoxy ί 曰, polypropylene-alcohol Type of oxygen resin, glycidol g type epoxy resin, glycerol amine type epoxy resin, ethylene-2 ring Resins, alicyclic resins, heterocyclic type epoxy resins and the like. m F can be specifically described as a product such as EpiC〇at 828 (made by Oily She11 Epoxy Co., Ltd.) and other types of A-type epoxy resin; the trade name ydf_i7 is made into a chemical system), etc. Brominated (tetra) A-type epoxy resin such as YDB·(East =, manufactured by Seiko Co., Ltd.); trade name EpicL (10) (Daily Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and other double 酴 s type epoxy tree =, trade name YDC-1312 (Dongdu Huacheng Hydrogen-based epoxy resin; product name: EPICLON EXA4032 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc. -65- 200906985 Naphthalene type epoxy resin; trade name Epicoat YX4000H (manufactured by Oily Shell Epoxy Co., Ltd.) Epoxy resin; bisphenol A type novolac epoxy resin such as Epicoat 157S70 (manufactured by Oiled Shell Epoxy Co., Ltd.); trade name Epicoat 154 (manufactured by Oily Shell Epoxy Co., Ltd.), trade name YDPN-638 (Dongdu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) A novolac type epoxy resin, such as YPCN_7〇1 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.); a non-phenolic varnish-type epoxy resin; a product name: EPICLON HP-7200 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Lean acid type epoxy resin; trade name Epicoat 1032H60 (oiled shell Triphenyl epoxide type epoxy resin such as Epoxy Co., Ltd.; trade name: VG3101M80 (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), etc.; and tetraphenyl benzene (product name: Epicoat 1031S (manufactured by Oil Chemical Shell Epoxy Co., Ltd.)) Λ Two - ('phenylol) ethane type epoxy resin; trade name Denac〇1 εχ_411 (Nagase Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and other four-functional epoxy resin; trade name ST-3000 (made by Dongdu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) A product of a glyco-alcohol type epoxy resin such as a product of the product name: YH-434 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.) Glyoxal type epoxy resin such as YDG-414 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.); alicyclic polyfunctional epoxy compound such as Epolide GT-401 (manufactured by DA1CEL Chemical Co., Ltd.); triglycidyl isocyanate (TGIC) A type epoxy resin, etc., may be added as an epoxy reactive diluent, etc., as needed. The above-mentioned polyfunctional epoxy compound + Jiayi merchant name EpieGat 157S7q ( Oiling
Epoxy社製)等雙紛A型_清漆系環氧樹脂以及商品名 YDCN-則(東都化成社製)等甲_清漆型 作為分子量較高的聚合物的環氧化合 -66- 200906985 作「黏合性環氧化合物」),可以使用至少由下述式(1)表 示的構成單元及下述式(2)表示的構成單元構成且含有兩 個或兩個以上的縮水甘油基的聚合物。Epoxy Co., Ltd., etc. A type of _ varnish-based epoxy resin and the trade name YDCN- (made by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.) and other varnish-type epoxidized-66-200906985 as a polymer having a relatively high molecular weight As the epoxy compound "), a polymer composed of at least a constituent unit represented by the following formula (1) and a constituent unit represented by the following formula (2) and containing two or more glycidyl groups can be used.
二〇 (1) 〇 〆 R2 (R1表示氫原子或碳原子數為1〜3的烷基,R2表示碳原子 數為1〜12的烴基。) -fCH2一c4- =〇 (2) 9 ch2 (R3表示氫原子或碳原子數為1〜10的烷基。) 式(1)表示的構成單元由下述式(3)所示單體衍生而來。Diterpenes (1) 〇〆 R2 (R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R2 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.) -fCH2-c4-=〇(2) 9 ch2 (R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.) The structural unit represented by the formula (1) is derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (3).
ch2=c r-O-R2 ⑶ (R1及R2與式⑴中同義。) -67- 200906985 構成=使,=表示的單體作為黎合性環氧化合物之 硬化塗膜充二二―由本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物形成的 ^ 透明性。式(3)中,R2表示碳原子數 是直鏈脂肪族、脂環式、芳香族中 =一 2=,:以更包括加成結構,例如雙鍵、烴基的 側鏈、螺%的侧鏈、環内交聯烴基等。 r r上甲示的單體的具體例子有:(甲基)丙烯酸甲 =(甲基)丙婦酸乙醋、(甲基)丙_異丙醋、(甲基)丙婦 =正丙醋、(甲基)丙稀酸異丁醋、(甲基)丙稀酸正丁醋、(甲 基)丙烯酸第三級丁酯、(甲基)丙稀酸2·乙基己醋、(甲基) ,烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙婦酸辛醋、(甲基)丙婦酸月桂醋、(甲 基)丙烯酸環己醋、(甲基)丙烯酸對第三級丁基環己醋、(甲 基)丙烯酸異降冰片烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸节酯、(曱基)丙烯 酸一環戊浠酯、(甲基)丙晞酸苯酯等。 式(3)中,R1較佳的是氫或甲基;R2較佳的是碳原子 數為1〜12的烧基,其中特別佳的是曱基以及環己基。上 述式(3)表示的單體中,較佳的單體具體可以列舉出:曱基 丙烯酸曱酯(MMA)及甲基丙烯酸環己酯(CHMA)。 〇〇聚合物中的式(2)表示的構成單元由下述式(4)表示的 早體竹生而來。 oh2=c R3 >-〇- ⑷ 〇 (R3與式(2)中同義。) -68- 200906985 式(5表㈣賴祕向聚合财導人魏基(環氧反 η:述聚合物之硬化性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性 優^保存中以及喷出作業中黏度不易上升,推測其理由 士-在於式切或式(句中的環氧基為縮水甘油基。使用脂環 ί 代替式(4)表示的單體時,硬化性樹脂組成 物的黏度谷易升高。式(4)中r3較麵是氫或甲基 :=單體具體可以例示(甲基)丙稀酸縮水甘油酯,特別 佺的疋甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯((31^八)。 上d 5物可以疋無規共聚物也可以 另外,只要能夠確鄉色濾光膜之各細部所必料=、 例如硬度和透雜等,上述聚合物可叫括除式⑴或 鍵構成單元。上述單體具體可以例示丙婦腈、苯 之構1尤ί述ίίϊ環氧化合物中式⑴之構成單元和式⑺ 與何生式⑺之構成早破單體的填料 單體:衍生式(2解體)表树,錄的是^ίΓο 的軌圍。當式(1)之構成單元的量超過上述比例胸 硬化反應點變少,交聯密度有可能變低。另—方面,=、 (2)之構成單元的量超過上述比例9〇:1〇時 j 變少,硬化收縮有可能變大。 ^積的月架 當上述黏合性環氧化合物的重量平均分子量 烯換算重量平均分子量表科,較佳的是大 \ 特別是大於等於4,_。這是由於述黏纽環3氧 =合 -69- 200906985 物的分子量遠小於3,_時,作為 :合=::;==;,】此當上述 τ ^ 刀子量以聚苯乙烯換算重詈 ::分子量表示時’較佳的是小於等 =f、於等ri5,_。這是由於當所述分子量二 穩二度谷易升兩’自噴出噴頭喷出時的喷出量的 或仙方向的直進性有可能變差,或長期 疋性有可能變差的緣故。 ,雜合性魏化合物,_佳岐,使用聚苯 =換异重量平均分子量(Mw)為上述_的甲基丙烤酸 縮水甘油酯(GMA)/甲基丙騎甲醋(MMA)系共聚物。需要 說明的是,只要GMA/MMA系絲物_達成本發明之 目的,則可以含有其他單體成分。 ^上述黏合性環氧化合物的合成例如下:在具備溫度 ^回々·!冷凝器、擾拌機、滴液漏斗的四頸燒瓶中裝入不 的溶劑,邊獅邊升溫至12Gt。使用不含經基的 岭劑是為了避免在合成反應的進行中環氧基發生分解。然 ,用2小時自滴液漏斗等速滴加組合有上述式(3)表示的 單,、_上述式(4)表示的單體以及所需的其他單體的組成物 ” ^ δ起始劑的混合物(滴加成分)。滴加結束後降溫至 120 C,追加催化劑,使之反應3小時,之後升溫至丨3〇。〇, 保持2小時’結束反應,從而得到上述黏合性環氧化合物。 在用於本發明的熱硬化性黏合劑成分中,較佳的是,添加 -70- 200906985 -分子中含有兩個或兩個以上的環氧基且分子量小於 黏合性環氧化合物的環氧化合物(以下,__「多= 多官能環氧化合物之聚苯乙烯換算重量Ϊ 二 1二二ΐ與其組合的黏合性環氧化合物的分子量, 較佳的疋小於等於4,咖,特別佳的是小於等於3,_。 需要說明的是,環氧化合物之聚苯乙婦換算重Ch2=c rO-R2 (3) (R1 and R2 are synonymous with the formula (1).) -67- 200906985 Composition = =, the monomer represented by = is used as a hardened coating film of a conjugated epoxy compound - by the hardening of the present invention The transparency of the formation of the resin composition. In the formula (3), R2 represents a carbon atom number which is a linear aliphatic group, an alicyclic type, an aromatic group = a 2=, and further includes an addition structure such as a double bond, a side chain of a hydrocarbon group, and a side of a snail %. Chains, cyclic crosslinks of hydrocarbon groups, and the like. Specific examples of the monomer represented by rr on the rr include: (meth)acrylic acid methyl = (methyl) propyl ethyl acetoacetate, (methyl) propyl isopropyl vinegar, (methyl) propylene = positive vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid isobutyl vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid n-butyl vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid third butyl ester, (methyl) acrylic acid 2 · ethyl hexanoic acid, (methyl ), hexyl enoate, (meth) propyl vinegar vinegar, (methyl) propyl lauric acid, vinegar (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate, third butyl hexane vinegar, (Iso-norbornene) (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate, (cyclohexyl)(cyclohexyl)acrylate, phenyl (meth)propionate, and the like. In the formula (3), R1 is preferably hydrogen or a methyl group; and R2 is preferably a group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an anthracenyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Among the monomers represented by the above formula (3), preferred examples of the monomer include decyl methacrylate (MMA) and cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA). The constituent unit represented by the formula (2) in the fluorene polymer is derived from the early bamboo represented by the following formula (4). 22=c R3 >-〇- (4) 〇 (R3 is synonymous with formula (2).) -68- 200906985 Formula (5) (4) Lai secret polymerization leader Wei Ke (epoxy anti-η: the polymer The storage stability of the curable resin composition is excellent. The viscosity is not easily increased during storage and during the discharge operation. It is presumed that the reason is - the formula is the formula or the formula (the epoxy group in the sentence is a glycidyl group. Using the alicyclic ί instead of the formula) When the monomer is represented by (4), the viscosity of the curable resin composition tends to increase. In the formula (4), the r3 is hydrogen or a methyl group: the monomer may specifically be a glycidyl (meth) acrylate. Specially known as 疋glycidyl methacrylate ((31^8). The above d 5 can be a random copolymer or a separate one, as long as it can determine the details of the color filter film, such as hardness and The above-mentioned polymer may be referred to as a formula (1) or a bond-constituting unit. The above-mentioned monomer may specifically exemplify the constituent unit of the formula (1) and the formula (7) and He Sheng of the compound of acrylonitrile and benzene. The composition of the formula (7) breaks the monomer filler monomer: the derivative (2 disintegration) table tree, recorded as the track circumference of ^ίΓο. When the formula (1) When the amount of the unit exceeds the above ratio, the chest hardening reaction point becomes less, and the crosslinking density may become lower. On the other hand, the amount of the constituent unit of =, (2) exceeds the above ratio 9 〇: 1 〇 when j becomes less, hardening The shrinkage is likely to become large. The accumulation of the moon frame when the weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned adhesive epoxy compound is converted into a weight average molecular weight table, preferably large, especially greater than or equal to 4, _. Ring 3 Oxygen = He-69-200906985 The molecular weight of the substance is much less than 3, _, as: _ =::; ==;,] When the above τ ^ knife amount is repeated in polystyrene:: molecular weight 'It is preferable to be less than equal = f, to wait for ri5, _. This is because when the molecular weight is stable, the second degree of the valley is easy to rise, the amount of discharge or the straightness of the direction of the fairy may change. Poor, or long-term bismuth may be deteriorated., heterozygous Wei compound, _ Jiayu, using polyphenyl = different weight average molecular weight (Mw) for the above _ methyl propyl glycidyl glycoside (GMA ) / methyl propyl riding vinegar (MMA) copolymer. It should be noted that as long as the GMA / MMA silk _ reach For the purpose of the invention, other monomer components may be contained. ^ The synthesis of the above-mentioned adhesive epoxy compound is as follows: in a four-necked flask equipped with a condenser, a scrambler, and a dropping funnel, The solvent is heated to 12 Gt while the lion is used. The cation containing no warp group is used to avoid decomposition of the epoxy group during the synthesis reaction. However, the above formula is combined by a constant dropping method from a dropping funnel for 2 hours. (3) The indicated single, _ the monomer represented by the above formula (4) and the composition of the other monomer required" ^ δ mixture of the initiator (dropping component). After the completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature is lowered to 120 C. The catalyst was added and allowed to react for 3 hours, and then the temperature was raised to 丨3〇. Thereafter, the reaction was terminated for 2 hours to obtain the above-mentioned adhesive epoxy compound. In the thermosetting adhesive component used in the present invention, it is preferred to add -70 to 200906985 - an epoxy compound having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule and having a molecular weight smaller than that of the adhesive epoxy compound. (Here, __ "Multiple = polystyrene equivalent weight of polyfunctional epoxy compound Ϊ 2 222 分子量 and the molecular weight of the adhesive epoxy compound combined therewith, preferably 疋 is less than or equal to 4, coffee, particularly preferably less than Is equal to 3, _. It should be noted that the epoxy compound polystyrene conversion weight
分子量y以· GPC(_渗透層析法)而求得,例如,^ 以以四氫呋喃為展開液’使用HLC-8〇29 (T〇sh〇(股)公 進行測定。 衣) (硬化劑) 在可用於本發明的光硬化性黏合劑成分或熱硬化性黏 合劑成分中,根據需要可以組合添加硬化劑。硬化劑例如 使用多7〇羧酸酐或多元羧酸。多元羧酸酐的具體例子可以 列舉出.鄰笨二甲酸酐、衣康酸酐、號珀酸酐、甲基馬來 酸酐、十二碳烯基琥珀酸酐、丙三甲酸酐、馬來酸酐、六 氫化鄰苯二甲酸酐、二甲基四氫化鄰苯二曱酸酐、内次甲 基四氫苯二曱酸(Himie ^hydride)、納迪克酸酐(Nacjic anhydride)等脂肪族或脂環族二羧酸酐;丁烷四甲酸 二酐、環戊烷四甲酸二酐等脂肪族多元羧酸二酐;苯均四 酸酐、偏苯三酸酐、二苯甲酮四曱酸酐等芳香族多元綾酸 酐,乙二醇雙偏苯三酸酯、甘油三偏苯三酸酯等含酯基的 酸酐,特別佳的是芳香族多元羧酸酐。另外,市售的包含 羰酸酐的環氧樹脂硬化劑也適合使用。 本發明中用作硬化劑的多元羧酸的具體例子可以列舉 -71- 200906985 土 :琥賴、戊二酸、己二酸、丁烷四甲酸、、 康酸等脂肪族多元叛酸;六氫化鄰笨二甲酸衣 二甲酸、1,2,4·環己烧三曱酸、環姐四曱酸物肪=燒 羧酸;以及鄰笨二曱酸、間笨二曱酸、對苯二甲於矣:元 本二酸、M,5,8·萘四甲酸、二苯甲_四甲酸= 香私多元羧酸,較佳的是芳香族多元羧酸。 酸專芩 上述多元羧酸酐及多元綾酸可以單獨使用— 以是兩種或兩種以上混合使用。 也可 相對於每重量份的含環氧基的 脂)’用於本發明的硬化劑的添加量通常較佳 和樹 重量份的範圍’硬化劑的添加量在此範圍時,二二00 提鬲硬化性的效果’可以形成強韌的塗膜 :刀的 基板的密合性或塗膜的均句性、平滑性= :!的=!更佳的是5〜50重量份。若硬化劑的添加量太 夕,則難以得到有效的提高硬化性的效果。 2發明中,為了提高硬化樹崎的硬度及雜性, 二結硬化性黏合劑成分中添加可促進酸-環氧基間的 :、=匕反應的催化劑。上述催化劑可以使用加熱硬化時顯 不活性的起始劑。 =外’作為黏合_脂’較佳的是使用官能團中含有 =先可進行二聚化的桂皮醯基或馬來醯亞胺基、二甲基 ^來酿亞縣料樹脂或者併用含有上述 合 物。 •72- 200906985 <其他成分> 對除上述作為較佳併用成分的(E)酸/自由基發生劑、(F) 黏合劑聚合物以外的可用於本發明之噴墨墨水的添加劑進 行說明。 (增感劑) 在黏合劑成分中,為了提高起始劑的分解效率、實現 感光波長的長波長化,根據需要可时有增感劑。作為可 用於本發_職劑,較麵是以電子轉移_或能 移機制使上述光聚合起始劑增感的物質。 ,可用於本發明的魏射以使闕独下列舉的化合 物類且回應可見光線、紫外線、電子射線、紅外線 所需的光的增_。較佳的增_的例子有:屬於 合物類且在330 nm〜450 nm笳囹向曰士…l丄 劑。 圍内具有吸收波長的增感 —上述增感:劑可以,:多核芳香族類(例如菲、蒽、 二2喪苯、ϋ、9抓二燒氧基蒽卜 ^光素、伊紅、綠工、若丹明Β、孟加拉玫嗟 =員(異丙基例酮、二乙基皆_、氯例 = 如硫碳菁、氧雜碳菁)、份菁_如份菁、碳份菁)= 類、噻嗪類(例如硫堇、亞曱基藍、 青)酞青 如吖啶橙、氯黃素、吖啶黃)、蒽輥類Γ _吖义類(例 squalium) > ^ 曱基香豆素)、ketocumarin、吩嘴賴、吩唤類,基^ 苯類、偶氮化合物、二苯曱烷、=φ二 本乙烯基 〜本基曱烷、二笨乙烯基 -73- 200906985 苯類、^弄11 坐類、卟嚇·、螺環化合物、喧。丫咬酮、散藍、苯 乙烯基 '吡喃鑌(pyrylium)化合物、吡咯甲川(pyrromethene) 化合物、D比唾並三嗤化合物、苯並嗔峻化合物、巴比妥酸 衍生物、硫代巴比妥酸衍生物、苯乙酮、二苯甲網、嗟嘴 酮、米歇酮等芳香族酮化合物、N-芳基噁唑烷酮(N-aryl oxazolidinone)等雜環化合物等。更可以列舉出:歐洲專利 第568,993號說明書、美國專利第4,5〇8,811號說明書、同 5,227,227號說明書、日本專利特開2〇〇1_125255號公報、 曰本專利特開平11_271969號公報等所記載之化合物等。 (共增感劑) 在黏合劑成分中,較佳的是含有共增感劑。在本發明 中共增感劑具有進一步提高增感色素或起始劑對活性放 射線的靈敏度或抑缝產生的聚合性化合物的聚合阻礙等 作用。The molecular weight y is determined by GPC (_ osmotic chromatography), for example, using tetrahydrofuran as a developing solution 'using HLC-8〇29 (T〇sh〇(股)). (Hardware) In the photocurable adhesive component or the thermosetting adhesive component which can be used in the present invention, a curing agent may be added in combination as needed. The hardener is, for example, a plurality of 7 carboxylic anhydrides or polycarboxylic acids. Specific examples of the polycarboxylic acid anhydride include o-dopic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, benzoic acid anhydride, methyl maleic anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride, propylene tricarboxylic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and hexahydrophthalic acid. An aliphatic or alicyclic dicarboxylic anhydride such as dicarboxylic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, Himie ^hydride or Nacjic anhydride; An aliphatic polybasic dianhydride such as an alkyltetracarboxylic dianhydride or a cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride; an aromatic polyphthalic anhydride such as pyromellitic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride or benzophenone tetraphthalic anhydride; An acid group-containing acid anhydride such as an acid ester or glyceryl trimellitate is particularly preferably an aromatic polycarboxylic acid anhydride. Further, a commercially available epoxy resin hardener containing a carboxylic acid anhydride is also suitable for use. Specific examples of the polycarboxylic acid used as the hardener in the present invention include -71-200906985 soil: aliphatic polybasic acid such as arsine, glutaric acid, adipic acid, butane tetracarboxylic acid, and benzal acid; O-dibenzoic acid dicarboxylic acid, 1,2,4·cyclohexane triterpenic acid, ring sister tetradecanoic acid fat = calcined carboxylic acid; and o-arsic acid, m-decanoic acid, p-benzoic acid Yuqi: Yuanbenic acid, M, 5,8 naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, dibenzoic acid tetracarboxylic acid = fragrant polycarboxylic acid, preferably an aromatic polycarboxylic acid. Acid Monomer The above polycarboxylic acid anhydride and polybasic acid can be used singly or in combination of two or more. It is also possible to add the amount of the hardener used in the present invention to the range of the weight of the tree and the amount of the hardening agent in the range of the weighting agent of the present invention. The effect of the hardenability can form a tough coating film: the adhesion of the substrate of the blade or the uniformity of the coating film, the smoothness = :! = more preferably 5 to 50 parts by weight. If the amount of the hardener added is too large, it is difficult to obtain an effect of effectively improving the hardenability. In the second invention, in order to improve the hardness and the hardness of the hardened tree, a catalyst which promotes the reaction between the acid-epoxy group and the oxime reaction is added to the sclerosing binder component. As the above catalyst, an initiator which is inactive at the time of heat curing can be used. It is preferable to use the cassia sulfhydryl group or the maleic imide group, the dimethyl group, or the combination of the above-mentioned compounds in the functional group containing = first dimerization. Things. • 72-200906985 <Other components> An additive which can be used for the inkjet ink of the present invention other than the above (E) acid/radical generator and (F) binder polymer which are preferred components for combination . (Sensitizer) In the binder component, in order to increase the decomposition efficiency of the initiator and to achieve a long wavelength of the photosensitive wavelength, a sensitizer may be used as needed. As a material which can be used in the present invention, the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator is sensitized by an electron transfer or energy transfer mechanism. It can be used in the present invention to make the compounds listed separately and respond to the increase in light required for visible light, ultraviolet rays, electron rays, and infrared rays. Examples of preferred additions are: those belonging to the class of compounds and ranging from 330 nm to 450 nm to a gentleman. Sensitization with absorption wavelength in the circumference - the above sensitization: the agent can be: polynuclear aromatics (such as phenanthrene, anthracene, bismuth benzene, anthracene, 9-sodium di-oxylated oxime), eosin, green Worker, Ruo Danming, Bangladesh Rose = staff (isopropyl ketone, diethyl _, chlorine = thiocarbocyanine, oxacarbocene), phthalocyanine _ such as phthalocyanine, carbon phthalocyanine = class, thiazides (such as thioindigo, yttrium blue, blue) indigo such as acridine orange, chlorferrin, acridine yellow), 蒽 roller type 吖 吖 类 (eg squalium) > ^ 曱Ketocoumarin, ketocumarin, phenotype, phenotype, base benzene, azo compound, diphenyl decane, = φ di-vinyl-based decane, di-p-vinyl-73- 200906985 Benzene, ^ get 11 sitting class, intimidation, spiro compounds, sputum. Ketone ketone, disperse blue, styryl pyrylium compound, pyrromethene compound, D-salt triterpene compound, benzoxanthene compound, barbituric acid derivative, thiobar A heterocyclic compound such as an aromatic acid ketone compound such as a benzoic acid derivative, an acetophenone, a diphenylmethylnet, a peptone or an amino ketone or an N-aryl oxazolidinone. Further, it is described in the specification of the European Patent No. 568,993, the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 4,5,8,811, the specification of the Japanese Patent No. 5,227,227, the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. Compounds and the like. (Common Sensitizer) Among the binder components, it is preferred to contain a co-sensitizer. In the present invention, the co-sensitizer further enhances the sensitivity of the sensitizing dye or the initiator to the active radiation or the polymerization inhibition of the polymerizable compound produced by the inhibition.
上述共增感劑的例子有胺類,例如M. R. Sander等 Journal of P〇lymer Society j % 10 4 3173 f (1972) > g 韻89號公報、曰本專利特開昭51侧 報、曰本專利特曰_〇5號公 ⑷綱號公報、R:sear #ϋ公報、日本專利特開昭 合物等,具體可以列ΓΓ=Γ825號所記载之化 乙醋,基二二:基甲酸 …感劑的其他例子可以列舉出硫醇及硫_、,例如 *74- 200906985 5有5:二專二開】=镜公報、曰_^^ 的硫醇化合物;日本、開平5_142772號公報記載 化合物等,可=?::===⑦ ::一基笨並,…基-綱麵= 共增感劑的其他例子可以列舉 N-苯基甘驗等);日本專轉公轉 的有機金屬化合物(例如乙酸三丁基錫等”曰= 昭測4U號公報記载的氮供體;本== 6·細7號公報記載的硫黃化合物(例如三硫^=, 的觀聚長速度與鏈轉移之均衡來提高硬化速度 =説點考慮’相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分量,上述 /、增感劑的含餘佳的是αι〜3Gwt%的範圍,更佳的是ι 〜25Wt%的範圍’進—步較佳的是G 5〜2()w (阻聚合劑) 固Examples of the above-mentioned co-sensitizers are amines, for example, MR Sander et al. Journal of P〇lymer Society j % 10 4 3173 f (1972) > g rhyme 89, 曰本专利专开昭 51 side report, 曰本Patent 曰 〇 号 号 号 公 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R , 日本Other examples of the sensitizer include mercaptans and sulfurs, for example, *74-200906985 5, 5: two specializations, and thiol compounds of 镜_^^; Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-142772 Compounds, etc., can be =?::===7 :: one base is stupid, ... base-class surface = other examples of co-sensitizers can be cited as N-phenylgan test, etc.; The compound (for example, tributyltin acetate or the like) 曰 = the nitrogen donor described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 4U; the sulfur-containing compound described in the publication No. 7 (for example, trisulfide) Equilibrium of transfer to increase the hardening speed = Speaking of the 'relative to the total solid content of the hardenable composition, the above /, the sensitizer's content is better Range of ι~3Gwt%, more preferably in the range ι ~25Wt% 'into - further preferred that G 5~2 () w (polymerization agent barrier) solid
為了在硬化性組成物的製造中或保存中阻止含有可聚 合的婦鍵性不姊雙賴化合物咐需要的熱聚合,希望 在黏合劑成分中添加少量的熱聚合防止劑。 可用於本發明的熱聚合防止劑可以列舉出:氫醌、對 甲氧基苯酚、二第三級丁基對甲酚、連苯三酚、第三級丁 基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4,-硫代雙(3-甲基·6_第三級丁基^酚)、 2,2 _亞甲基雙(4_甲基_6_第三級丁基笨紛)、N_亞硝基苯基 羥胺三價鈽鹽等。 -75- 200906985 相對於組成物的總重量,熱聚合防止劑的添加量較佳 」=約0.01 wt%〜約5 wt%。另外,根據需要為了防止 =〜生的聚合阻礙,添加山聽或山該醯胺等高級脂肪 5何生,等’並藉㈣佈後的乾燥過程使之遍佈於感光層 '^面巧級脂肪酸衍生物的添加量較佳的是總組成物的約 〇.5wt% 〜約 1〇wt%。 (其他添加劑) 在本發明中,為了改良硬化被膜的物性,可以更添加: '、,、機填充劑或可㈣;2,2_硫代雙…甲基_6第三級丁基苯 酚)、2,6-二第三級丁基苯酚等抗氧化劑;2_(3_第三級丁基 5甲基-2-羥苯基)_5·氯苯並三唑、烧氧基二苯曱酮等紫外 線及收劑,聚丙稀酸鈉或各種界面活性劑等聚集防止劑等 習知的添加劑。 匕可塑劑例如有:鄰苯二曱酸二辛酯'鄰苯二甲酸二月 桂醋、,辛酸三甘醇醋、鄰苯二甲酸酯、構酸三甲苯醋、 =酸二辛自旨、癸二m旨、三乙醯甘油等。使用黏合 θ Β'相對於含烯鍵性不飽和雙鍵的化合物與黏合劑的總 置,可以添加小於等於10 wt%的黏合劑。 上述本發明之硬化性組成物以高靈敏度進行硬化,並 ^保存穩定性也良好。另外,與使職化性組成物的基板 等硬質材料表面具有高密合性。 因此,本發明之硬化性組成物在圖像形成材料或墨 水塗料、接著劑、包覆劑等領域中可以較佳使用。 ~76- 200906985 (墨水的製造方法) 到上色濾光膜用喷墨墨水’可以將各成分投入 是,若將顏粗^仃混合,使固體成分溶解或分散即得。但 劑中進行^料其域分ϋ減人到全部溶 中。因此、此5,則往往不能使顏料充分分散於溶劑 劑,將顏料的分散性及分散穩錄良好的溶 速分散機等充分二”散劑—同投人到其中,使用高 一同投入到大體上包含主』 人,最德劑的〉谷劑中,用高速分散機等充分攪拌混 i,在大、σ烷醇系溶劑,可製成本發明之喷墨墨水。或 醇李例2包含主溶劑或僅包含主溶劑的溶射添加燒 合溶劑,將所得韻分散液和除顏料以外 ―二混合溶射’用高速分散機等充分 視仟犯口可製成本發明之喷墨墨水。 別、ϋ爾作1^彳州的本發明之彩色滤光膜时墨墨水特 圖色濾光膜中形成具有畫素或黑色矩陣等預定 作為利用本發明之喷墨墨水形成的彩色渡光膜,可以 顯示健等圖像輸出裝置中使用的彩色據光膜 或=體攝像元件等圖像輸入裝置中使用的彩色濾光膜。 <彩色濾光膜及其製造方法> 、 ,、本發明之彩色濾光膜的製造方法的特徵在於:於利用 形成於基板上的隔壁圍起來的凹部以喷墨方式賦予本發明 -77- 200906985 之墨水的液滴以形成畫素。 起來=====包括:於利用隔壁圍 包括猎由照射活性能量線使所形成紅少 硬化的硬化製程或在形成所需色調的所有晝素二 硬化製程’根據需要可以設置焙烤處理等其:製 上形,隔壁是在晝素形成製程前預先於基板 4=壁之形成方法的細節將在以後闡述。 喷墨二離二)間的_ 為構=渡光媒的紅_二成匕= RGB三色了的如畫下素形圖^^操作’使用於形成畫素(例如 P5辟fflM 、圖案的喷墨墨水浸入以形成於基板上的 起來的凹部’使以大於等於兩色的多個畫素構成畫 對墨2==二採用:對墨水進行熱硬化的方法; 影層:之後喷上液滴的板上形成透鴨 形狀沒有特別限定,作為黑色矩陣 =二的條狀,也可以是格子狀,更可以是 -78- 200906985 墨水並藉由各種方法:連續噴射帶電的喷墨 墨水的方法^ ;使用壓電元件間歇地喷射 的方法等 及加熱4水並_其發泡間歇地進行喷射 慮,從射峻性的角度考 度墨水通f較水性墨水的黏度高,因此溫 二的黏度變動幅度大。黏度變動直接對液滴大 此儘速度產生很大影響,容易引起4f劣化,因 ia里保持喷墨墨水溫度恒定至關重要。 i 噴墨噴頭(以下,也僅稱作噴頭)可以使用習知的噴墨 噴頭,可以使用連續型以及.點列印(Dot-On-Demand)型。在 點列印型中,熱喷頭(thermal head)中較佳的是如曰本專利 特開平9-323420號所記載之帶有運轉閥以進行噴出的類 i壓龟噴頭(Piezo head)中例如可以使用歐洲專利 A277,703號、歐洲專利A278,590號等所記载之喷頭。其 中,從可減少熱對喷墨墨水的影響及可使用的有機溶劑的 選擇範圍廣的角度考慮,更佳的是壓電噴頭。噴頭較佳的 疋具控溫功能以能夠管理墨水溫度的喷頭。較佳的是,按 照射出時的黏度為5〜25 mPa· s來設定射出溫度,并控制 墨水溫度使黏度變動範圍為±5%以内。較佳的是以驅動頻 率1〜500 kHz進行運轉。喷嘴形狀未必要求是圓形,也不 拘泥於橢圓形、矩形等形狀。喷嘴直徑較佳的是1〇〜1〇〇 μι»的範圍。尚需說明的是,喷嘴的開口部本身未必限於 -79- 200906985 ^圓,該情況下,嘴嘴直徑是指假定與該開口部的面積相 等的圓的直徑。 本發明中的彩色濾光膜,較麵是,噴上RGB三色 墨水,以包含三色的著色層之組群構成的形態。 在本發日种’、除去㈣巾所含时機溶_彡成墨水殘 孩’利用對上述墨水殘部照射活性能量線的製程(以下, 有時稱作第-硬化製程)及/或加熱上述墨水 :,有時稱作第二硬化餘说合上述墨水殘部,可以形(成 旦素。另外,以上述墨水殘部的熱聚合開始的溫度為丁^ ‘、、、1私)赠去上核滴巾所含的有機溶劑形成墨水殘 和之後利用對上述墨水殘部照射活性能量線的製程及/ 或在大於等於rc的溫度下加熱上述墨水殘部的製程來聚 合上述墨水殘部,可以形成晝素。 以下,對第-硬化製程、第二硬化製程 進行說明。 衣征 一第一硬化製程一 可以設置對上述畫素形成製程所形成的至少一種顏色 的晝素照射活性能量線以進行硬化的製程(第一硬化製 程)。第-硬化製程中’藉由使包括紅色(R)、綠色(G)、^ 色Φ:),色的本發明之墨水硬化,可以形成硬化的晝素。可 以在每形成一種顏色的晝素後進行硬化也可以在形成 種顏色的晝素後進行硬化。 R、G、B等本發明之墨水的硬化可以藉由使用發出對 -80" 200906985 於墨水所具有的感光波長的波長範圍的活性能量線之能 量源&行促進聚合硬化的曝光處理來進行。 b作為此置源,例如可以適當選擇使用400〜200 nm的 系外線遠紫外線、g線、h線、i線、KrF準分子雷射光、 =準分子f射光、電子射線、χ射線、分子射線或離子 束寺上述聚合起始親應的能量源。具體可喊用發出屬 ^5^450 nm、較佳的是365土2〇 nm的波長範圍的活性 j的光源,例如LD、LED (發光二極體)、螢光燈、低塵 南壓水銀燈、金屬齒化物燈、碳弧燈、氣燈、化 、且、、適虽進行。較佳的光源可以列舉出:led、高壓 水銀燈、金屬齒化物燈。 相入Γίί量線的照射時間可以根據單體與聚合起始劑的 、、且a而適當設定,例如可以設為1〜3〇秒。 一第二硬化製程一 ’ 在本發明之彩色濾、光膜的製造方法中,可以設置利用 二來硬化包括紅色⑻、綠色(G)、藍色⑼在内的所 素的製程(第二硬化製程)。如上所述,藉由在設 弟-硬化製程的同時設置第二硬化製程,可丄 二硬化製程進行硬化。 另外,還可以僅以第 在本製程中,可以在形成包含所需色調的 並進行上述第一硬化製程後進一步進—素及隔土 培烤處理),利用熱施行硬化。即,可=理(所謂的 射進行光聚合的晝素及隔壁的基板成2用光照 逆屯爐、乾燥器等中 -81· 200906985 進行加熱或者照射紅外線燈進行加熱。 此時的加熱溫度及加熱咖取決於噴墨墨水之組成和 、的厚度,通常從麵充分的耐溶舰、雜性及紫外 線吸光度峨點考慮,錄岐在約丨抑〜約2抓下加 熱約10分鐘〜約120分鐘。 * ^ 用不贫明之墨水的彩色滤光膜的製造方法 曝光A/雜處理進行畫素的聚合 又置,加熱製程。預加熱製程中的加熱溫度沒有 ,rc、畫素部沒有發生聚合的溫度,二= ^且5=、於料刚。0,進—倾佳岐大於等於 60C且小於等於9(rc。藉由引入 予的墨水中有機溶_轉得 ,%墨法賦 势m㈣= 促進’可以高效率地製作 乂色濾先膜ϋ墨水殘部的黏度 到更高的流動性,可以得到且有半㈣古二故了以付 遽光膜。 _具奸城素部的彩色 上ϋΐίft本發明所狀墨水殘部碰紐的墨水,則 i=熱製程不僅對畫素部因熱而聚合的墨水有效,f :===的墨水也有效。當為利^ 而八開始熱聚合的溫度T是指光聚合起 ,專因熱而分解並開始聚合反應的 而分解並開蹄合反應的溫度。 ㈣本身因熱 分鐘t迷預加熱製程的時間沒有特別限定,較佳的是1〜5 -82- 200906985 溫度τ可以如下操作而求得。 加熱’藉由加熱來開始墨水的聚合,以觀察到 ^3*的加熱溫度作为Τ。 使^本發明之墨水的彩色據光膜的製造方法中,較 ί ί 小時㈣進行上述晝素形成製程〜預過敎製 程、第-硬化製程及第二硬化製程;更 何 =上,進一步較佳的是,在6小時= ======成〜最終的硬化 種黏合劑等的析出,可以提高畫料的聚集或各 (隔壁) 在本發a种’独形成於基板上 以喷墨方式賦予本發明之墨水的液滴以形成書Ϊ = =任意的隔壁,但在製作細光膜時素較= 具有…、色轉之機能的具遮紐的隔壁 與習知的彩色遽光膜用黑色矩陣相同之材料、;:= 作。可以列舉如··曰本專利特開2〇〇5_386 號[〇〇叫〜陶日本專利制腦侧 所記载之黑色矩陣,·或日本專 2___號公報之段落卿5]〜陶]或日 ===咖峨剛〜卿崎 -83- 200906985 另外’在本發明之喷墨墨水中’製備使用遮光成分作 為著色劑的墨水時,使用所述墨水也可以作成黑色矩陣。 在上述習知的製作方法中’從降低成本的觀點考慮, 較佳的是,使用感光性樹脂轉印材料。感光性樹脂轉印材 料是於假支撐體上設置至少具有遮光性的樹菔層的材料, 將其疋。在基板上,能夠將該具遮光性的樹脂層轉印到該 基板上。 感光性樹脂轉印材料較佳的是曰本專利特開平 5 72724號公報所記載之感光性樹脂轉印材料,即,使用 -體型薄襄形成。該—_薄朗構成例可以列舉出. 依序層合有仮支撐體性樹闕/巾間層域紐樹脂層 (在本發财,「感紐舰層」是錢由光㈣能狗硬化 的樹脂,當其具有遮光性時也稱作「具遮光性的樹脂 色成目標顏色時也稱作「著色樹脂層」)/保護薄膜 月匕声,=感f性樹脂轉印材料的仮支撐體、熱塑性樹 η 和轉印材料的製作方法,合適的 方法有.日本專利特開細5__號 〜[0066]所記載之方法。 & ^’3] 另外,可以對上述隔壁施行防墨水處理, 墨水的混色。有關所述防墨水處理, 、 墨水性物質混入隔壁中的方法 .(1)將防 廳號公報);⑺重新設===專利特2 照曰本專利特開平5捕。11號公報);(3)利用賦 -84- 200906985 照日本專利特^平^^塗怖防墨水材料的方法(例如參 法。 、土板上的隔壁施行防墨水化處理的方 為了 方式形成晝素及隔壁以製作彩㈣光膜後, ,可轉職蓋晝素及隔㈣整面之方式進 仃刼作以形成披覆層。 、逆In order to prevent thermal polymerization which is required for the polymerization of the curable composition during storage or storage, it is desirable to add a small amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor to the binder component. Examples of the thermal polymerization preventing agent which can be used in the present invention include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-terternary butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, third-grade butyl catechol, benzoquinone, and 4 , 4,-thiobis(3-methyl.6_tertiary butylphenol), 2,2-methylenebis(4_methyl_6_third-butyl phenyl), N _Nitrosophenylhydroxylamine trivalent sulfonium salt and the like. -75- 200906985 The amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor added is preferably "about 0.01 wt% to about 5 wt%" with respect to the total weight of the composition. In addition, in order to prevent the polymerization blockage of the raw material, it is necessary to add a high-grade fat such as yam or yamamine, etc., and to dry it through the drying process after the cloth is applied to the photosensitive layer. The amount of the derivative added is preferably from about 5% by weight to about 1% by weight of the total composition. (Other Additives) In the present invention, in order to improve the physical properties of the hardened film, it is possible to further add: ',, machine filler or (4); 2,2_thiobis...methyl-6 third-butylphenol) , 2,6-di-tertiary butyl phenol and other antioxidants; 2_(3_tert-butyl 5 methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)_5·chlorobenzotriazole, alkoxybenzophenone A conventional additive such as an ultraviolet ray and a collecting agent, a sodium polyacrylate or a polymerization inhibitor such as various surfactants. Examples of the bismuth plasticizer include: dioctyl phthalate, lauric acid lauric acid, triethylene glycol octoate, phthalic acid ester, acid trimethyl vinegar, acid dioxin,癸二m, triethyl glycerin, etc. The adhesive θ Β ' can be added with an adhesive of 10 wt% or less relative to the total of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the binder. The curable composition of the present invention described above is hardened with high sensitivity and has good storage stability. Further, it has high adhesion to the surface of a hard material such as a substrate on which the composition is applied. Therefore, the curable composition of the present invention can be preferably used in the fields of image forming materials, ink coatings, adhesives, coating agents and the like. ~76-200906985 (Manufacturing method of ink) It is possible to introduce each component into the inkjet ink for coloring the filter film. When the pigment is mixed, the solid component is dissolved or dispersed. However, in the agent, the domain is divided into groups to reduce the total amount of the solution. Therefore, in this case, the pigment is not sufficiently dispersed in the solvent, and the dispersibility of the pigment and the dispersion speed of the dispersion are well-distributed, such as a full-dispersion agent, which is invested in it, and is used in general. In the granule containing the main cultivator and the most medicinal agent, the inkjet ink of the present invention can be prepared by a high-speed disperser or the like, and the inkjet ink of the present invention can be prepared in a large sigma alcohol solvent. Or the inkjet ink of the present invention can be prepared by using a solvent-added calcination solvent containing only the main solvent, and the above-mentioned rhyme dispersion and "two-mixing and dissolving" other than the pigment can be made into a high-speed dispersing machine. 1) The color filter film of the present invention of the present invention forms a color light-emitting film having a pixel or a black matrix or the like as an inkjet ink formed by the inkjet ink of the present invention, and can display health and the like. a color filter film used in an image input device such as a color light film or a body image sensor used in an image output device. <Color filter film and method for producing the same>, color filter of the present invention Membrane manufacturer It is characterized in that droplets of the ink of the present invention -77-200906985 are ink-jet-formed to form a pixel by a concave portion surrounded by a partition wall formed on a substrate. Up ===== includes: Hunting is performed by irradiating an active energy ray to form a hardening process in which red is hardened or in a process of forming all the halogens in a desired color tone. A baking process or the like may be provided as needed: the upper shape is formed, and the partition wall is formed before the halogen forming process The details of the method of forming the wall in advance of the substrate 4 = will be described later. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ^Operation 'used to form a pixel (for example, P5 fflM, the inkjet ink of the pattern is immersed to form a concave portion on the substrate) to make a plurality of pixels of two or more colors constitute a pair of inks 2 == two : a method of thermally hardening an ink; a shadow layer: a shape of a duck formed on a plate on which a droplet is sprayed is not particularly limited, and may be a strip shape of a black matrix=two, or may be a lattice shape, or may be -78-200906985 Ink and by various methods: continuous spraying a method of spraying charged inkjet ink; a method of intermittently ejecting a piezoelectric element, and the like, and heating 4 water and intermittently performing ejection, and measuring the ink passage f from the perspective of the emulsion The viscosity is high, so the viscosity of the second temperature varies greatly. The viscosity change directly affects the speed of the droplets, which is easy to cause 4f degradation, because the temperature of the inkjet ink is kept constant in the ia. i Inkjet nozzle ( Hereinafter, the ink jet head can be used as well as a conventional ink jet head, and a continuous type and a dot-on-demand type can be used. In the dot print type, in a thermal head For example, European Patent No. A277,703, European Patent No. A 278, 590, for example, in the type of the squid head with the operating valve for the discharge described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 9-323420. No. Among them, piezoelectric nozzles are more preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the influence of heat on the inkjet ink and the wide selection of organic solvents that can be used. The nozzle is preferably a temperature control function for the nozzle to manage the temperature of the ink. Preferably, the injection temperature is set at a viscosity of 5 to 25 mPa·s when irradiated, and the ink temperature is controlled so that the viscosity variation range is within ±5%. Preferably, the operation is performed at a driving frequency of 1 to 500 kHz. The nozzle shape is not necessarily required to be circular, and is not limited to an elliptical shape or a rectangular shape. The nozzle diameter is preferably in the range of 1 〇 to 1 〇〇 μι». It is to be noted that the opening portion of the nozzle itself is not necessarily limited to -79-200906985^, and in this case, the nozzle diameter refers to a diameter of a circle which is assumed to be equal to the area of the opening. In the color filter film of the present invention, a RGB three-color ink is sprayed on the surface to form a group of three color-colored layers. In the present invention, the time of the removal of the (four) towel is dissolved in the ink residue by using a process for irradiating the ink residue to the active energy ray (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a first-hardening process) and/or heating the above. Ink: It is sometimes referred to as the second hardening, and the ink residue may be formed into a shape. The temperature at which the thermal polymerization of the ink residue is started is diced to the core. The organic solvent contained in the drip sheet forms an ink residue, and then the ink residue is polymerized by a process of irradiating the ink residue to the active energy ray and/or heating the ink residue at a temperature equal to or higher than rc to form a halogen. Hereinafter, the first hardening process and the second hardening process will be described. The first hardening process 1 may be provided with a process in which the halogen energy of at least one color formed by the above pixel forming process is irradiated to the active energy ray to perform hardening (first hardening process). In the first-hardening process, the hardened enamel can be formed by hardening the ink of the present invention including red (R), green (G), and color Φ:). It is possible to perform hardening after forming a halogen of one color or hardening after forming a color of a halogen. The hardening of the ink of the present invention, such as R, G, B, etc., can be carried out by using an energy source that emits an active energy ray of a wavelength range of the photosensitive wavelength of the ink, which is used to promote polymerization hardening. . b As the source, for example, an external ultraviolet light of 400 to 200 nm, g-line, h-line, i-line, KrF excimer laser light, = excimer f-light, electron beam, x-ray, molecular ray can be appropriately selected and used. Or the energy source of the ionization of the above-mentioned polymerization initiation of the ion beam temple. Specifically, it is possible to use a light source that emits an activity of a wavelength range of φ 5 450 nm, preferably 365 Å 2 〇 nm, such as LD, LED (light emitting diode), fluorescent lamp, low dust south pressure mercury lamp , metal toothed lamp, carbon arc lamp, gas lamp, chemical, and, and appropriate. Preferred light sources include: led, high pressure mercury lamps, and metal toothed lamps. The irradiation time of the Γίί line can be appropriately set depending on the monomer and the polymerization initiator, and a can be set, for example, to 1 to 3 sec. A second hardening process - In the method for producing a color filter or a light film of the present invention, a process for hardening a substance including red (8), green (G), and blue (9) by using two may be provided (second hardening) Process). As described above, the hardening process can be hardened by the second hardening process by providing the second hardening process at the same time as the set-hardening process. Further, it is also possible to perform heat hardening by heat only in the present process, after forming the desired color tone and performing the first hardening process, and further performing the baking treatment. In other words, it is possible to perform heating (heating and heating) by heating or irradiating an infrared lamp with a substrate that is subjected to photopolymerization and a substrate of the partition wall in a light-inverting furnace or a dryer. The heating coffee depends on the composition and thickness of the inkjet ink. Generally, from the point of view of sufficient solvent-resistant, hybrid and ultraviolet absorbance, the recording is about 10 minutes to about 120 minutes. * ^ Exposure A/Mixing treatment with a color filter film without poor ink for the polymerization of the pixel and heating process. The heating temperature in the preheating process is not, and the rc and pixel portions are not polymerized. Temperature, two = ^ and 5 =, in the material just. 0, the inversion - 岐 岐 is greater than or equal to 60C and less than or equal to 9 (rc. By introducing the organic solvent in the ink, the % ink method gives m (four) = Promote 'can efficiently produce the viscosity of the ruthenium filter membrane ϋ ink residue to a higher fluidity, can be obtained and there are half (four) ancient two so that the 遽 遽 。 。 。 奸 奸 奸 奸 奸 奸Ink of the ink residue of the present invention Then, the i=heat process is effective not only for the ink that is polymerized by the heat in the pixel portion, but also for the ink with f:===. When the temperature is T, the temperature T at which the thermal polymerization starts is the photopolymerization, which is specifically due to heat. The temperature at which the polymerization reaction is decomposed and starts to be decomposed and the hoofing reaction is carried out. (4) The time during which the preheating process is itself due to heat is not particularly limited, and preferably 1 to 5 - 82 - 200906985 The temperature τ can be obtained as follows Heating. The polymerization of the ink is started by heating to observe the heating temperature of ^3* as Τ. In the method of manufacturing the color light film of the ink of the present invention, the above-mentioned halogen is performed at a lower temperature (d). Forming process ~ pre-passing process, first-hardening process and second hardening process; more = above, further preferably, at 6 hours = ====== into ~ final hardening type of binder, etc. It is possible to increase the aggregation of the paint or each of the partitions. In the present invention, a droplet of the ink of the present invention is ink-jet-formed on the substrate to form a booklet == an arbitrary partition, but in the production of fine light Membrane time ratio = with a function of... It is the same as the conventional black enamel film with the same black matrix; :==. It can be exemplified by the 特 〜 专利 专利 专利 〇〇 〇〇 _ _ _ _ _ _ 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶 陶Black matrix, or Japanese paragraph 2___ bulletin paragraph 5] ~ Tao] or day ===Curry Gang ~ Qingqi-83- 200906985 In addition, 'in the inkjet ink of the present invention' preparation using shading component as In the case of the ink of the coloring agent, the ink may be used as a black matrix. In the above-described conventional production method, it is preferable to use a photosensitive resin transfer material from the viewpoint of cost reduction. The material is a material in which at least a light-blocking tree layer is provided on the dummy support, and the material is twisted. The light-shielding resin layer can be transferred onto the substrate on the substrate. The photosensitive resin transfer material is preferably formed of a photosensitive resin transfer material described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ When it is light-shielding, it is also called "the color of the resin having a light-shielding property is also called "colored resin layer") / the protective film is squeaky, and the 仮 support of the s-type resin transfer material The method for producing the body, the thermoplastic tree η, and the transfer material is a method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei-5- No. [0066]. & ^'3] In addition, it is possible to apply an ink-repellent treatment to the partition walls and to mix colors of ink. Regarding the ink-repellent treatment, a method in which an ink substance is mixed into a partition wall. (1) The anti-indoor number bulletin); (7) Re-set === Patent special 2 According to this patent, the special patent is opened. (No. 11 bulletin); (3) Using Fu-84-200906985 According to the method of Japanese Patent Specializing in the application of anti-ink materials (for example, the reference method), the side wall of the soil plate is treated with anti-inking treatment in order to form After the alizarin and the next wall are used to make the color film (4), the film can be transferred to cover the surface and the whole surface is used to form the coating layer.
披覆層(overcoat)可以保護R、G、B =可以使表面平坦。但從增加製程數的^考 佳 的是不設置披覆層。 披覆層可以使用樹脂(OC劑)來構成,樹脂(〇c 以列舉出:__樹驗絲、環氧翻旨組成物、聚酿 亞胺樹脂組成物等。其中,_酸系樹脂組成物由於在可 見光區的透明性優異’而且彩色料則喷墨墨水之樹脂 成分通常以丙烯齡樹脂為主成分,另丙烯酸純脂組成 物的密合性優異’因此較佳。披覆層的例子有:日本專利 特開2003-287618號公報之段落號[〇〇18]〜 披覆層,以及作為披覆劑之市售!的 OPTOMERSS6699G。 本發明之彩色濾光膜利用上述本發明之彩色濾光膜的 製造方法進行製作,例如可以沒有特別限定地適用於電 視、個人電腦、液晶投景>儀、遊戴機、手機等攜帶端末、 數碼相機、汽車導航等用途。本發明之彩色濾光膜中,红 -85- 藍色(B)等色畫素中的至少 200906985 色⑻、綠色(G)、藍色 本發明之墨水來形成。 <顯示裝置> 一種可以利用 本發明之顯示裝置只 即可,沒有特別限定,可 顯示顯示裝置、;EL顯示j 等。顯示裝詈的金The overcoat protects R, G, B = from flattening the surface. However, it is better to increase the number of processes without setting the coating layer. The coating layer may be composed of a resin (OC agent), and the resin (〇c is exemplified by: __tree silk, epoxy resin composition, poly retinal resin composition, etc.), wherein the _ acid resin composition The coloring material is excellent in transparency in the visible light region, and the resin component of the inkjet ink is usually a propylene-based resin as a main component, and the acrylic acid pure fat composition is excellent in adhesion. Therefore, it is preferable. There is a paragraph number [〇〇18] of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-287618~ a coating layer, and a commercially available OPTOMERSS 6699G as a coating agent. The color filter film of the present invention utilizes the color filter of the present invention described above. The production method of the optical film can be applied to, for example, a television, a personal computer, a liquid crystal projector, a portable device, a mobile phone, or the like, a digital camera, a car navigation, etc., without any particular limitation. In the light film, at least 200,906,985 colors (8), green (G), and blue inks of the present invention are formed in the red-85-blue (B) color chromogen. <Display device> One can utilize the present invention Display device only May be, it is not particularly limited, and may be displayed on the display device,;. EL display device display the like curse j gold
只要具備上述本發明之彩色濾光膜 可以列舉出:液晶顯示裝置、電漿 h裝置、CRT顯示裴置等顯示裝置 本發明之顯示裝置巾’制佳的是液晶駐验罢。女As long as the color filter film of the present invention is provided, a display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a plasma h device, or a CRT display device can be cited. The display device of the present invention is preferably a liquid crystal resident. Female
新動向(Toray調查中心調查研究部門2001年發行)」的43 胜弗二代液晶顯示技術」中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示 裝置。在上述顯示裝置中,本發明對彩色TFT方式的液曰 .項不裝置_有效。有_gTFT方式的液㈣示裝置, ,如記載在「彩色TFT液晶顯示(共立出版(株)1996年發 行)」中。本發明當然還適用於IPS等橫電界驅動方式、 MVA等晝素分割方式等的視野角擴大的液晶顯示襄置。上 述方式例如記載在「EL、PDP、LCD顯示技術和市場的最 除彩色濾光膜以外,液晶顯示裝置還由電極基板、偏 -86- 200906985 各薄膜、背光、間隙控制材料、視野角補償 厚,等各種精構成。有關上述部材,例如記載在「,94 液晶顯示周边材料·化學品的市場(島健幼(株)、>—工 ' 1994年發行)」、「2003液晶關連市場的現狀和將 來展望(下卷)(表良吉(株)富士 CHIMERA總研2003年 發行)」中。 本發明之顯示裝置可以採用電控雙折射(Electrically Controlled Birefringence,ECB)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、共面轉換(In_Plane Switching,ips)、鐵電 液晶(Ferroelectric Liquid Crysta卜 FLC)、光學補償—曲 排列(Optically Compensatory Bend,OCB)、超扭轉向列 (Supper Twisted Nematic,STN)、垂直配向(Vertically Aligned ’ VA)、混合向列排列(Hybrid Aligned Nematic, HAN)、主客效應(Guest Host,GH)等各種顯示模式。本發 明之顯示裝置的特徵在於具備上述彩色濾光膜,藉此,搭 載在電視、監視器上時不存在顯示不均,可具有寬的色彩 重現區和高對比度比,在筆記本電腦用顯示器或電視監視 器等大畫面的顯示裝置等中也適合使用本發明之顯示裝 置。 【實施例】 以下,利用實施例來更具體地說明本發明,但以下的 實施例並非用以限定本發明。需要說明的是,只要沒有特 別說明,則「%」、「部」為品質基準。 〔實施例1〜4、比較例1〕 -87- 200906985 [隔壁形成用的深色組成物κι的製備] 深色組成物Κ1可如下得到:首先,量取表1記載的 量的Κ顏料分散物1 '丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯,在溫产 24°C(±2°C)下混合,以150rpm的轉速攪拌1〇分鐘,再邊 攪拌邊量取表1記載的量的丁酮、黏合劑2、氫醌單甲喊、 DPHA液、2,4-雙(二氯曱基)_6-[4’-(N,N-雙乙氧幾甲基)胺 基-3’-演苯基]-s-三嗪、界面活性劑1 ,並在溫度25。(3(±2。〇 下依序添加,在40。(:(±2。〇的溫度條件下以150 rpm的轉 速授摔30分鐘,即得。A liquid crystal display device of various types described in the "43 Shengfei Second Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology" of the "News of the Toray Survey Center". In the above display device, the present invention is effective for the liquid TFT method. There is a liquid (four) display device of the _gTFT type, which is described in "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". The present invention is of course applicable to a liquid crystal display device having a wide viewing angle such as a horizontal electric driving method such as IPS or a pixel division method such as MVA. The above method is described, for example, in "EL, PDP, LCD display technology, and the most color-removing filter film on the market. The liquid crystal display device is also made of an electrode substrate, a film, a backlight, a gap control material, and a viewing angle compensation thickness. For the above-mentioned materials, for example, "94, liquid crystal display peripheral materials and chemicals market (Ichishima Health Co., Ltd., > -工's issued in 1994)", "2003 LCD related market The current situation and the future prospects (volume) (in the case of the Fujitsu Chimera Research Institute in 2003). The display device of the present invention can adopt electrically controlled birefringence (ECB), twisted nematic (TN), in-plane switching (ips), ferroelectric liquid crystal (Ferroelectric Liquid Crysta Bu FLC), Optically Compensatory Bend (OCB), Supper Twisted Nematic (STN), Vertically Aligned 'VA', Hybrid Aligned Nematic (HAN), Host-Guest Effect (Guest) Various display modes such as Host, GH). The display device of the present invention is characterized in that it has the color filter film described above, and thus has no display unevenness when mounted on a television or a monitor, and has a wide color reproduction area and a high contrast ratio, and is used in a notebook computer display. The display device of the present invention is also suitably used in a display device of a large screen such as a television monitor. EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by examples, but the following examples are not intended to limit the invention. It should be noted that "%" and "part" are quality standards unless otherwise specified. [Examples 1 to 4, Comparative Example 1] -87-200906985 [Preparation of dark composition κι for forming a partition wall] The dark composition Κ1 can be obtained as follows: First, the amount of the ruthenium pigment dispersed in the amount shown in Table 1 is measured. 1 'propanediol monoterpene ether acetate, mixed at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C), stirred at 150 rpm for 1 〇 minutes, and then stirred to measure the amount of methyl ethyl ketone shown in Table 1, Adhesive 2, hydroquinone single shout, DPHA liquid, 2,4-bis(dichloroindenyl)_6-[4'-(N,N-bisethoxymethyl)amino-3'-benzene Base]-s-triazine, surfactant 1 and at a temperature of 25. (3 (±2. 〇 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依 依
丙二醇單甲醚乙酴西肖 丁_Propylene glycol monomethyl ether oxime Xi Xiao Ding _
2,4·雙(二氣甲基)_6_[4,_(n,n_雙乙氧羰甲 ----拳)胺基溴苯基]_s-三嘻 界面活性劑1 0.16 0.044 液及物卜黏合劑2、_ •88- 200906985 <κ顏料分散物ι> •炭黑(Degussa 社製 Nipex35) 13.1% •分散劑(下述化合物1) 0.65% •聚合物(甲基丙婦酸苄酯/甲基丙稀酸= 72/28 莫耳比的無規共聚物,分子量3.7萬) 6.72% •丙二醇單曱鱗乙酸西旨 79.53%2,4·bis(dimethylmethyl)_6_[4,_(n,n_bisethoxycarbonyl----boxing)aminobromophenyl]_s-triazine surfactant 1 0.16 0.044 solution and Bulk adhesive 2, _ • 88- 200906985 < κ pigment dispersion ι> • Carbon black (Nipex 35 manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd.) 13.1% • Dispersant (Compound 1 below) 0.65% • Polymer (methyl acetoacetate) Benzyl ester / methyl acrylate = 72/28 random copolymer of molar ratio, molecular weight 37,000) 6.72% • Propylene glycol monoterpenoid acetonitrile is 79.53%
化合物1 <黏合劑2> •聚合物(曱基丙稀酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸=78/22 27% 莫耳比的無規共聚物,分子量为3.8萬) •丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 73% < DPHA 液 > •六丙稀酸二季戊四醇酯(含5〇〇 ppm的阻聚 合劑MEHQ,曰本化藥(株)製,商品名: KAYARAD DPHA) 76% •丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 24% -89- 200906985 <界面活性劑ι> •下述氟系界面活性劑1 30% •丁酮 70% 氟系界面活性劑1 -(CH2-CH)4〇— —(CH2-CH)x—o=c o=c OCH2CH2CnF2n+1 0(P0)7H (n二6、 x=55、 y=5、 Mw=33940^ Mw/Mn=2.55 PO :環氧丙烷;EO :環氧乙烷 —(CH2_CH)y—Compound 1 <Binder 2> • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/mercaptoacrylic acid = 78/22 27% random copolymer of molar ratio, molecular weight of 38,000) • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ester 73% <DPHA liquid> • Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (MEHQ containing 5 〇〇ppm, manufactured by 曰本化制药股份有限公司, trade name: KAYARAD DPHA) 76% • Propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate 24% -89- 200906985 <Interfacial active agent ι> • The following fluorine-based surfactant 1 30% • Butanone 70% Fluorinated surfactant 1 - (CH2-CH) 4 〇 - ( CH2-CH)x—o=co=c OCH2CH2CnF2n+1 0(P0)7H (n=6, x=55, y=5, Mw=33940^ Mw/Mn=2.55 PO: propylene oxide; EO: ring Oxyethane-(CH2_CH)y-
〇=C〇=C
〇(E〇)7H (隔壁的形成) 用UV洗滌裝置洗滌無鹼玻璃基板,之後用洗滌劑進 行刷洗,再用超純水進行超音波洗滌。將基板在12〇。〇下 熱處理3分鐘’使表面狀態穩定。 冷卻基板,將溫度調節至23°C,之後使用具狹縫狀噴 嘴的玻璃基板用塗佈器(FAS Asia社製,商品名:MH-1600) 塗佈如上製備的深色組成物K1。接著以vcd (直空齡蜂梦 置,東京應化工業社製)將一部分溶劑乾燥 層不具流紐,之後在12叱下預烘3分鐘,得到膜厚為 2.3 μιη的深色組成物層κι。 使用帶有超冋壓水銀燈的近接式曝光機(日立服Μ 公司製)’在基板與光罩(具有圖像圖 直直立的狀態下,將曝光光罩面與深 色感先層K1之間的距離設^為 _,在氮氣環境下以 -90- 200906985〇 (E〇) 7H (formation of the partition walls) The alkali-free glass substrate was washed with a UV washing device, then brushed with a detergent, and ultrasonically washed with ultrapure water. Place the substrate at 12 〇. The underarm heat treatment for 3 minutes was used to stabilize the surface state. The substrate was cooled, and the temperature was adjusted to 23 ° C. Then, the dark composition K1 prepared above was applied using a glass substrate applicator (manufactured by FAS Asia, trade name: MH-1600) having a slit nozzle. Then, a part of the solvent-dried layer was not pre-baked with vcd (straight-air age bee dream, manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and then pre-baked for 3 minutes at 12 Torr to obtain a dark composition layer κι having a film thickness of 2.3 μm. . Using a proximity exposure machine (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) with a super-pressure mercury lamp, between the substrate and the reticle (with the image image standing upright, between the exposure mask surface and the dark layer first layer K1) The distance is set to _, in the nitrogen environment to -90- 200906985
下噴淋顯影80秒,得到圖案化圖像。 曝光量300 mJ/cm2進行圖案曝光 隙寬為100 μηι。Under the shower development for 80 seconds, a patterned image was obtained. The exposure of the pattern was 300 mJ/cm2 and the gap width was 100 μηι.
Film Electronics Materials (#) :、扁平喷嘴壓力為0.04 MPa 化圖像。接著,使用超高壓洗 f ^嘴以9.8MPa_力仙賴水赠钱餘物,在大 氣中以曝光量2500 mj/cm2從基板的形成有深色組成物層 κι的面侧進行後補曝光,用烘箱在24(rc下加熱5〇分鐘, 得到膜厚為2.0 μιη、光學濃度為4.0、具1〇〇 μιη寬的開口 部的條狀隔壁。 〔防墨水化電漿處理〕 使用陰極耗合(cathode coupling)方式平行平板型電漿 處理裝置’按以下條件對形成有隔壁的基板進行防墨水化 電漿處理。 ( 使用氣體:CF4 氣體流量 :80 seem 壓力 :40PaFilm Electronics Materials (#): The flat nozzle pressure is 0.04 MPa. Then, using the ultra-high pressure washing f ^ mouth to give RM MPa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The mixture was heated in an oven at 24 (rc for 5 〇 minutes to obtain a strip-shaped partition wall having a film thickness of 2.0 μm, an optical density of 4.0, and an opening having a width of 1 μm. [Anti-inking plasma treatment] Using cathode consumption The parallel plate type plasma processing apparatus of the "cathode coupling" method performs the ink-proof plasma treatment on the substrate on which the partition wall is formed. (Gas used: CF4 gas flow rate: 80 seem Pressure: 40 Pa
RF功率 :50 W 處理時間 :30秒 (彩色濾光膜用藍色噴墨墨水的製備) (1)顏料分散液的製備將各顏料、顏料分散劑及有機溶劑 按下述比例混合,加入500重量份直徑為0.3 mm的氧化 -91- 200906985 鍅珠粒,使用塗料混合機(淺田鐵鋼社製)分散4小時,製 備PB15:6 (C.I.顏料藍15:6)顏料分散液及pv23 (C.I.顏料 紫23)顏料分散液。 [顏料分散液的組成] •各顏料(PB15:6或PV23) 10重量份 •顏料分散劑(Disperbykl61 (BYK Chemie Japan製)(溶劑BCA中固體成分為30 wt%)) 10重量份 •顏料分散助劑(N_苯基馬來醯亞胺/曱基丙烯 酸苄酯共聚物(溶劑BCA中固體成分為30wt%)) 10重量份 •二甘醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BCA) 70重量份 —彩色濾光膜用藍色墨水的製備一 <單體溶液(Bl)> 按以下組成混合溶劑、單體、黏合劑、界面活性劑成 分’在25。(:下攪拌30分鐘後確認沒有不溶物,製備單體 溶液(B1)。 -92- 200906985 •二甘醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BCA)〔(D)成分〕 4.6 g •三丙二醇正丁醚(TPNB)〔(D)成分〕 40.2g •以酸或自由基進行硬化的化合物〔(A)成分:表 2記載化合物〕 5.5 g •密合劑〔(C)成分:表2記載的化合物〕 0.7 g •產生酸及自由基中的至少一種的化合物〔(E)成 分:表2記載的化合物〕(表中記作「(E)酸/自由基 發生劑」) 0.2 g •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸=78/22莫耳比的無 規共聚合物’分子量為3.8萬〔(F):黏合劑〕 1.〇 g •界面活性劑〔氟系界面活性劑1,上述結構〕〇.〇2g • Solsperse 20000 (Avecia 社製) ι 〇 2 將46.5重量份的上述製備的pB15:6顏料分散液、3 5 重量份的PV23顏料分散液及30重量份的單體溶液(B1)充 刀此合,(A)成分、(〇成分及(E)成分分別使用表2記載的 物貝,传到貫施例1〜4的彩色渡光膜用藍色噴墨墨水。 除了未添加(C)密合劑以外,按照與實施例2相同之方 式進行操作’得到比較例1的彩色濾光膜用藍色噴墨墨水。 -93- 200906985 :表2】 (C)密合劑 (Ε)酸/自由 基發生劑 實施例1 Μ-1 S-1 實施例2 Μ·2 S-2 實施例3 Μ-3 S-3 〜 實施例4 Μ-4 S-4 比較例1 無 S-2 〜RF power: 50 W Processing time: 30 seconds (Preparation of blue inkjet ink for color filter film) (1) Preparation of pigment dispersion Each pigment, pigment dispersant and organic solvent were mixed in the following ratios, and added to 500 Oxide-91-200906985 bismuth beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm were dispersed for 4 hours using a paint mixer (manufactured by Asada Steel Co., Ltd.) to prepare PB15:6 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6) pigment dispersion and pv23 (CI Pigment Violet 23) Pigment Dispersion. [Composition of Pigment Dispersion] • Each pigment (PB15: 6 or PV23) 10 parts by weight • Pigment Dispersant (Disperbykl61 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan) (solid content of solvent BCA: 30 wt%)) 10 parts by weight • Pigment dispersion Additive (N_phenylmaleimide/benzyl methacrylate copolymer (30% by weight solids in solvent BCA)) 10 parts by weight • Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (BCA) 70 parts by weight - Preparation of Blue Ink for Color Filter Film <Monomer Solution (Bl)> The solvent mixture, monomer, binder, and surfactant component were at 25 in the following composition. (: After stirring for 30 minutes, it was confirmed that there was no insoluble matter, and a monomer solution (B1) was prepared. -92- 200906985 • Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (BCA) [(D) component] 4.6 g • Tripropylene glycol n-butyl Ether (TPNB) [(D) component] 40.2 g • Compound which is hardened by acid or radical [(A) component: the compound of Table 2] 5.5 g • Adhesive agent [(C) component: the compound of Table 2] 0.7 g • A compound which produces at least one of an acid and a radical [(E) component: the compound of Table 2] (referred to as "(E) acid / radical generator" in the table) 0.2 g • benzyl methacrylate Ester/mercaptoacrylic acid = 78/22 molar ratio of random copolymer 'molecular weight is 38,000 [(F): binder] 1. 〇g • surfactant [fluorine-based surfactant 1, above structure] 〇.〇2g • Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Avecia) ι 〇2 46.5 parts by weight of the above-prepared pB15:6 pigment dispersion, 35 parts by weight of PV23 pigment dispersion, and 30 parts by weight of monomer solution (B1) In the case of the filling, the (A) component, the (〇 component, and the (E) component are respectively used in the color light of the first to fourth embodiments using the object described in Table 2; Blue inkjet ink was used. The blue inkjet ink for color filter film of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the (C) adhesive was not added. -93- 200906985: Table 2] (C) Adhesive (Ε) acid/radical generator Example 1 Μ-1 S-1 Example 2 Μ·2 S-2 Example 3 Μ-3 S-3 〜 Example 4 Μ-4 S-4 Comparative Example 1 No S-2 ~
意思是指添加 上述表2中,實施例3中的「κ_2/κ 4 等量的Κ-2和Κ_4 ’且總添加量為$ $ 實施例中使用的(c)密合劑㈣)〜g(M 性 化合物及(E)酸發生劑的詳細内容如丁所示。 ^^v^〇'v^\^Si(〇CH3)3 0By means of the above-mentioned Table 2, "κ_2/κ 4 equivalent amounts of Κ-2 and Κ_4' in Example 3 and the total addition amount is $$. (c) Adhesive (4) used in the Example) ~g ( The details of the M compound and the (E) acid generator are shown in D. ^^v^〇'v^\^Si(〇CH3)3 0
Μ-2 οΜ-2 ο
Si(OCH2CH3)3 Μ—4 -94- 200906985 —(A)硬化性化合物一 K-l :五丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯 K-2 :三丙烯酸季戊四醇酯 K-3 :二丙烯酸1,3-丁二醇酯 K-4 : Epicoat 828 (油化 Shell Epoxy 社製 樹脂) s \ CI 雙酚A 型壤氣Si(OCH2CH3)3 Μ4-94-200906985 - (A) hardening compound-Kl: dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate K-2: pentaerythritol triacrylate K-3: 1,3-butylene glycol diacrylate K -4 : Epicoat 828 (resin made by Oiled Shell Epoxy) s \ CI Bisphenol A type
[彩色渡光膜用喷墨墨水的評價] [1.硬化性評價] 使用設有Dimatix社製SE_丨28作為 裝置Dimatix社製Apollon,噴出藍色噴^黑、噴出控制 將喷墨頭搭載於自動二維移動、水。 KS211-200Ί !,邊狡# 爽1 0(·駿〉可精機制 出預定墨 個角落。 縛而衣作的整個區域的各 -95- 200906985 此處’於噴頭中填充上述記載的R墨水1,利用嘴出 控制裝置進行控制使墨水滴落於預定位置。 滴落後,在90°C下常壓乾燥2分鐘後,之後在24〇t 下加熱30分鐘,之後浸在N_曱基吡咯烷酮溶劑中,測定 直至自基板剝離的時間。直至剝離的時間越長硬化性越優 異,上述時間大於等於5分鐘時評價為硬化性良好。 上述結果匯總在表2中。由表2可知:本發明之噴墨 墨水與基板的密合性優異。未包含(C)密合劑的比較例i ^ 噴墨墨水無法充分得到與基板的密合性。 [2.畫素部的平坦性評價] 、使用非接觸式表面形狀測定裝置New View 0K CZygQ ,製)觀察上述晝素部的形狀’算出表面形狀的輪廓。以最 二部ί為A、最高部分為B,測得高低差(B-A)為0.03 μπι, 二以传到平雛非常優異的畫素部。需要朗的是,測定 2高低歸_Α) ’按町基特價平坦性。結果匯總在表 (平坦性之評價基準) ◎ · Β·Α< 0.1 μιη ° · 0.1^ B-A < 0.2 μιη Δ · 0.2^Β-Α< 0.4 μηι χ : 0.4 μιη^Β-Α 的隔墨墨水擴散至形成於基板上 素士而未包含(Q密合劑的比較例 基:: -96· 200906985 的擴散性不充分,所形成的晝素部的平坦性差。 〔實施例5〜6、比較例2〕 (彩色濾光膜用紅色喷墨墨水的製備) 顏料分散液的製備為將各顏料、顏料分散劑及有〜 劑按下述比例混合,加入500重量份的直徑為〇3機心 氣化錯珠粒’使用塗料混合機(淺田鐵鋼社製)分散4小時, 製備PR254 (C.I.顏料紅254)顏料分散液及PR177 (C.I.顏料 紅177)顏料分散液。 [顏料分散液的組成] •各顏料(PR254或PR177) 10重量份 •顏料分散劑(Dkperbykl61 (BYK Chemie Japan製)(溶劑BCA中固體成分為30 wt%)) i〇重量份 •顏料分散助劑(N-苯基馬來醯亞胺/甲基丙 烯酸苄酯共聚物(溶劑BCA中固體成分為 30 wt%)) 10重量份 •二甘醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BCA) 70重量份 —彩色濾光膜用紅色墨水的製備一 <單體溶液(Rl)> 按以下組成混合溶劑、單體、黏合劑、界面活性劑成 分,在25°C下攪拌30分鐘後確認沒有不溶物,製備單體 溶液(R1)。 -97- 200906985 4.6 g 40.2 g 5.5 g 0.7 g 0.2 g •二甘醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BCA)〔(D)成分〕 •三丙二醇正丁醚(TPNB)〔(D)成分〕 •以酸或自由基進行硬化的化合物〔(A)成分:表3 記載化合物〕 •密合劑〔(C)成分:表3記載的化合物〕 •酸/自由基發生劑〔(E)成分:表3記載的化合物〕 •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸=: 1.0 g 0.02 g 1.0 g 50/28/22莫耳比的無規共聚物,分子量为45萬 〔(F):黏合劑〕 •界面活性劑〔氟系界面活性劑i,上述結構〕 • Solsperse 20000 (Avecia 社製) 將68.85重量份的上述製備的pR254顏料分散液、6.15 重里伤的PR177顏料分散液及50重量份的黏合劑組成物 充分混合,(A)成分、(C)成分及(E)成分分別使用表3記載 的物質,得到實施例5〜6的彩色濾光膜用紅色噴墨墨水。 除了未添加(C)密合劑以外,按照與實施例6相同之方 式進行操作,得到比較例2的彩色濾光膜用紅色喷墨墨水。 【表3】 * -----1-- __[Evaluation of the inkjet ink for the color light-transmissive film] [1. Evaluation of the hardenability] Using the SE_丨28 manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd. as the device Apollon manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd., the blue inkjet and the discharge control were used to mount the inkjet head. Automatic two-dimensional movement, water. KS211-200Ί!,Bian狡# Shuang 1 0 (·Jun) can fine the mechanism to make a predetermined corner of the ink. The entire area of the binding and clothing is -95- 200906985 Here, the R ink 1 described above is filled in the nozzle. Controlled by the mouth-out control device to drip the ink to a predetermined position. After dripping, it is dried at atmospheric pressure at 90 ° C for 2 minutes, then heated at 24 ° t for 30 minutes, and then immersed in N_decylpyrrolidone solvent. In the middle, the time until the peeling from the substrate was measured. The longer the peeling time, the more excellent the curability, and the time was 5 minutes or more, and the curing property was evaluated as good. The results are summarized in Table 2. As is apparent from Table 2, the present invention The inkjet ink was excellent in adhesion to the substrate. Comparative Example i in which the (C) adhesive was not contained i ^ The inkjet ink could not sufficiently obtain adhesion to the substrate. [2. Evaluation of flatness of the pixel portion] The contact surface shape measuring device New View 0K CZygQ, manufactured by observing the shape of the above-mentioned element portion, calculates the contour of the surface shape. Taking the second part ί as A and the highest part as B, the height difference (B-A) is measured to be 0.03 μπι, and the second is to pass to the very good picture part of the flat chick. It is necessary to determine that the level of high and low is _Α) ’ The results are summarized in the table (evaluation criteria for flatness) ◎ · Β·Α< 0.1 μιη ° · 0.1^ BA < 0.2 μιη Δ · 0.2^Β-Α< 0.4 μηι χ : 0.4 μιη^Β-Α Diffusion to the substrate formed on the substrate without being included (the comparative example of the Q-adhesive agent: -96·200906985 is insufficient in diffusibility, and the flatness of the formed halogen portion is poor. [Examples 5 to 6 and Comparative Examples] 2] (Preparation of red inkjet ink for color filter film) The pigment dispersion was prepared by mixing each pigment, pigment dispersant, and agent in the following ratio, and adding 500 parts by weight of a gas diameter of 〇3. The wrong beads were dispersed for 4 hours using a paint mixer (manufactured by Asada Steel Co., Ltd.) to prepare PR254 (CI Pigment Red 254) pigment dispersion and PR177 (CI Pigment Red 177) pigment dispersion. [Composition of Pigment Dispersion] Each pigment (PR254 or PR177) 10 parts by weight • Pigment dispersant (Dkperbykl61 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan) (solid content of solvent BCA is 30 wt%)) i〇 parts by weight • Pigment dispersing aid (N-phenyl Malay醯imine / benzyl methacrylate copolymer (solvent BCA solid content is 30 wt%)) 10 parts by weight • Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (BCA) 70 parts by weight—Preparation of a red color ink for a color filter film <Monomer solution (Rl)> The monomer, the binder, and the surfactant component were stirred at 25 ° C for 30 minutes to confirm that there was no insoluble matter, and the monomer solution (R1) was prepared. -97- 200906985 4.6 g 40.2 g 5.5 g 0.7 g 0.2 g • Glycol monobutyl ether acetate (BCA) [(D) component] • Tripropylene glycol n-butyl ether (TPNB) [(D) component] • Compound that hardens with acid or free radicals [(A) Component: Table 3 Documented compound] • Adhesive agent [(C) component: Compound described in Table 3] • Acid/radical generator [(E) component: Compound described in Table 3] • Benzyl methacrylate/methyl methacrylate/ Methacrylic acid =: 1.0 g 0.02 g 1.0 g 50/28/22 molar ratio random copolymer, molecular weight 450,000 [(F): binder] • surfactant [fluorine-based surfactant i, above Structure] • Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Avecia) Disperse 68.85 parts by weight of the above-prepared pR254 pigment dispersion and 6.15 heavy-duty PR177 pigment The liquid and 50 parts by weight of the binder composition were sufficiently mixed, and the materials described in Table 3 were used for each of the component (A), the component (C) and the component (E), and red inkjets for the color filter films of Examples 5 to 6 were obtained. ink. The red inkjet ink for a color filter film of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the (C) adhesive was not added. [Table 3] * -----1-- __
(c)密合劑 (E)酸/自由 基發生劑 (A)硬化 性化合物 硬化性 晝素部 羊+日料 實施例5 M-5 S-2 K-1 大於等於10分 丁七SL J 土 ◎ 實施例6 ~· ^ M-6 S-4 K-2 ------—.. 8分 〇 比較例2 S-4 K-1 4分 X -98- 200906985 實施例中使用的(C)密合劑(M-5)、(c) Adhesive (E) Acid/Free Radical Generator (A) Curable Compound Curable Alizarin Part Sheep + Daily Material Example 5 M-5 S-2 K-1 Greater than or equal to 10 minutes Dings SL J Soil ◎ Example 6 ~· ^ M-6 S-4 K-2 -------.. 8 minutes 〇Comparative Example 2 S-4 K-1 4 points X -98- 200906985 Used in the examples ( C) Adhesive (M-5),
/\^Si(〇CH2CH3)3 M-5 [彩色濾光膜用喷墨墨水的評價] [1.硬化性評價] 喷墨喷頭使用Dimatix社製SE-128,喷出控制裝置使 用 Dimatix 社製 Apollo II。 將喷墨頭搭載於自動二維移動載台(駿河精機制 KS211-200)上,邊移動載台邊利用噴出控制裝置自喷頭噴 出預定墨水量至上述製作的隔壁之間隙。 此處,於噴頭中填充上述紅色噴墨墨水,利用噴出控 制裝置進行控制使墨水滴落於預定位置。 二 一滴落後,在9(TC下常壓乾燥2分鐘,之後使用帶有超 高壓水銀燈的近接式曝光機,以曝光量500 mJ/cm2進行曝 光,1後浸於N-曱基吡咯烷酮溶劑中,測定直至自基板剝 離的B^·•間。直至剝離的小時越長硬化性越優異,所述時間 大於等於5分鐘時評價為硬化性良好。 上述結果匯總在表3中。由表3可知:本發明之喷墨 ^與基板的密合性優異。不含(〇密合_比較例2的喷 墨墨水無法充分得到與基板的密合性。 [2.晝素部的平坦性評價] -99- 200906985 按照與實施例1〜4相同之士 部的形狀時,在實施例5中高低形成1素 得到平坦性非常優異的畫素部 3 μιη’可以 例6、比較例2,也按照與實針對實施 評價。結綠總在表3巾。 相R之絲進行平坦性 的隔墨=成於基板上 二㈣墨= 的擴散〖生不充/刀,所形成的晝素部的平坦性差。 〔實施例7〜8、比較例3〕 (彩色濾光膜用綠色喷墨墨水的製備) 顏料分散液的製備為將各顏料、顏料分散劑及有 ,按下述比例混合’加人重量份的直徑為Q 3 _的 氧化锆珠粒’使用塗料混合機(淺田鐵鋼社製)分散4小時, 製備PG36 (C.I.顏料綠36)顏料分散液、pa (c !顏料綠7) 顏料分散液、PY138 (C.I.顏料黃138)顏料分散液及p^'15〇 (C.L顏料黃150)顏料分散液。 [顏料分散液的組成] •各顏料(PG36、PG7、PY138 或 PY150) 1〇 重量份 •顏料分散劑(Disperbykl61 (BYK Chemie Japan製)(溶劑BCA中固體成分為30 wt%)) 10重量份 •顏料分散助劑(N-苯基馬來醯亞胺/曱基丙烯 酸苄酯共聚物(溶劑BCA中固體成分為30 wt%)) 1〇重量份 •二甘醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BCA) 70重量份 -100- 200906985 —彩色濾光膜用綠色墨水的製備一 <單體溶液(Gl)> 按以下組成混合溶劑、單體、黏合劑、界面活性劑成 分’在25°C下攪拌30分鐘後確認沒有不溶物,製備單體 溶液(G1)。 •二甘醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BCA)〔(D)成分〕 4.6 g •三丙二醇正丁醚(TPNB)〔(D)成分〕 40.2g •以酸或自由基進行硬化的化合物〔(A)成分:表4 記載化合物〕 5 5 g •密合劑〔(C)成分:表4記載的化合物〕 〇 7 g •酸/自由基發生劑〔(E)成分:表4記載的化合物〕ο』g •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯/曱基丙烯酸= 50/28/22莫耳比的無規共聚物,分子量3.2萬〔(ρ): 黏合劑〕 ,Λ 1·0 g •界面活性劑〔氟系界面活性劑i,上述結構〕002g • Solsperse 20000 (Avecia 社製) 工 將19.25重量份的如上操作而製備的則6顏料^ 液、13.65重量份的PG7顏料分散液、24 64重量份的p 顏料分散液及12.46重量份的PY15G顏料分散液、 份的單體絲充分齡。之後,添加5重量份的正十二产 :色=所示的添加比例的實施例7的彩色慮光二 除了改變實施例7中使用的…、〜人 本發明之$1®外的作為密合性提^ 5劑,喊料量的 σ旺钕向劑的比較化合物(Η-1) -101- 200906985 以外’按照與實施例7相同之方式進行操作,得到比較例 3的綠色喷墨墨水 【表4】 _/\^Si(〇CH2CH3)3 M-5 [Evaluation of inkjet ink for color filter film] [1. Evaluation of hardenability] The inkjet head uses SE-128 manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd., and the discharge control device uses Dimatix. Apollo II. The ink jet head was mounted on an automatic two-dimensional moving stage (Junhejing Mechanism KS211-200), and a predetermined amount of ink was ejected from the head by the discharge control device while moving the stage to the gap between the above-mentioned produced partition walls. Here, the above-described red ink-jet ink is filled in the head, and is controlled by the discharge control device to cause the ink to drip at a predetermined position. After 21 drops, dry at normal pressure for 2 minutes at 9 (TC), then use a proximity exposure machine with ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, expose with an exposure of 500 mJ/cm2, and then immerse in N-mercaptopyrrolidone solvent. The measurement was carried out until the time of peeling from the substrate. The longer the peeling time, the more excellent the curability, and the time was 5 minutes or more, and the curing property was evaluated as good. The results are summarized in Table 3. The inkjet of the present invention is excellent in adhesion to the substrate. The inkjet ink of Comparative Example 2 does not sufficiently obtain adhesion to the substrate. [2. Evaluation of flatness of the halogen component] -99-200906985 In the case of the shape of the same portion as in the first to fourth embodiments, in the fifth embodiment, the pixel portion is formed to have a high degree of flatness, and the pixel portion 3 which is extremely excellent in flatness is obtained. In the case of the example 6 and the comparative example 2, The evaluation is carried out in accordance with the actual situation. The green color is always in Table 3. The ink of the phase R is flattened by the ink = the diffusion of the two (four) inks on the substrate is not filled with the knife, and the flat portion of the formed element is flat. [Examples 7 to 8, Comparative Example 3] (Green inkjet ink for color filter film) Preparation of the pigment dispersion liquid is to use a paint mixer (Asada Iron and Steel Co., Ltd.) in which each pigment, pigment dispersant, and zirconia beads having a diameter of Q 3 _ are mixed in the following ratios. Disperse for 4 hours, prepare PG36 (CI Pigment Green 36) pigment dispersion, pa (c ! Pigment Green 7) pigment dispersion, PY138 (CI Pigment Yellow 138) pigment dispersion and p^'15〇 (CL pigment yellow 150) Pigment Dispersion [Composition of Pigment Dispersion] • Each pigment (PG36, PG7, PY138 or PY150) 1 part by weight • Pigment Dispersant (Disperbykl61 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan) (Solvent BCA has a solid content of 30 wt %)) 10 parts by weight • Pigment dispersing aid (N-phenylmaleimide/benzyl methacrylate copolymer (solid content of solvent BCA 30 wt%)) 1 part by weight • diethylene glycol single Butyl Ether Acetate (BCA) 70 parts by weight - 100 - 200906985 - Preparation of Green Ink for Color Filter Films <Monomer Solution (Gl)> Composition of mixed solvent, monomer, binder, interfacial activity The monomer component 'g was stirred at 25 ° C for 30 minutes, and it was confirmed that there was no insoluble matter, and the monomer solution (G1) was prepared. Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (BCA) [(D) component] 4.6 g • Tripropylene glycol n-butyl ether (TPNB) [(D) component] 40.2 g • Compound hardened by acid or free radical [A Component: Table 4 Description of the compound] 5 5 g • Adhesive agent [(C) component: the compound of Table 4] 〇7 g • Acid/radical generator [(E) component: Compound of Table 4] ο g • Benzyl methacrylate/hydroxyethyl methacrylate/mercaptoacrylic acid = 50/28/22 molar ratio random copolymer, molecular weight 32,000 [(ρ): binder], Λ 1·0 g • Surfactant [Fluorine-based surfactant i, the above-mentioned structure] 002 g • Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Avecia Co., Ltd.) 19.25 parts by weight of the 6 pigment liquid and 13.65 parts by weight of the PG7 pigment dispersion prepared as described above. 24 64 parts by weight of the p pigment dispersion liquid and 12.46 parts by weight of the PY15G pigment dispersion liquid, and the parts of the monomer yarn are sufficiently aged. Thereafter, 5 parts by weight of the positive twelfth product: color = color ratio shown in Example 7 was added, except that the coloring light 2 of Example 7 was used, and the adhesion was changed except for the use of $1® in the present invention. The green inkjet ink of Comparative Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that the compound of the sigma-like agent (Η-1) -101-200906985 was added. 4] _
(C)密合劑 (E)酸/自由 基發生劑 (A)硬化 性化合物 硬化性 畫素部 平坦性 實施例7 M-1 S-2 K-5 大於等於10分 ◎ 實施例8 M-7 S-3 K-6/K-7 大於等於10分 ◎ 比較例3 H-1 S-2 K-5 3分 X 上述表4中,實施例8中的「K-6/K-7」意思是指添加 等量的K-6和K-7,總添加量為5.5 g。 表4中使用的(A)硬化性化合物、(E)酸發生劑、(C)密 合劑(M-7)以及比較化合物(H-1)的詳細内容如下所示。 K-5 :六丙烯酸二季戊四醇酯 K-6 :节基縮水甘油鍵 K-7 :新戊二醇二縮水甘油峻(C) Adhesive (E) acid/radical generator (A) Curable compound curable element flatness Example 7 M-1 S-2 K-5 10 or more ◎ Example 8 M-7 S-3 K-6/K-7 is greater than or equal to 10 minutes ◎ Comparative Example 3 H-1 S-2 K-5 3 points X In the above Table 4, the meaning of "K-6/K-7" in Example 8 means It means adding equal amounts of K-6 and K-7 with a total addition of 5.5 g. The details of the (A) curable compound, (E) acid generator, (C) binder (M-7) and comparative compound (H-1) used in Table 4 are as follows. K-5: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate K-6: nodal glycidyl bond K-7: neopentyl glycol diglycidyl
u>^〇^-^sj(〇CH3)3 ο ο Μ-7 Η-1 [1.硬化性評價] 喷墨頭使用Dimatix社製SE-128,喷出控制裝置使用 Dimatix 社製 Apollo II。 將喷墨頭搭載於自動二維移動載台(駿河精機制 KS211-200)上,邊移動載台邊利用喷出控制裝置自喷頭喷 出預定墨水量至上述製作的隔壁之間隙。 -102- 200906985 此處,於喷頭中填充上述綠色喷墨墨水,利用噴出控 制裝置進行控制使墨水滴落於預定位置。 墨水滴落後,在常壓下於200t加熱2〇分鐘,之後浸 於N-甲基鱗細溶劑中,測定直至自基板剝離的時間。 直至剝離的時間越長硬化性越優異,所述時間大於等於5 分鐘時評價為硬化性良好。 、 上述結果匯總在表4中。由表4可知··本發明之嘴墨 基板的岔合性優異。包括本發明之範圍外的比較化 σ作為密合性提高劑的比較例3的嘴墨 到與基板的密合性。 垄&、,、次兄刀侍 [2.晝素部的平坦性評價] 传到平坦性非常優異的晝素部。需要說明的是 = 實施例1相同之基準進行平坦性 墨:=== m墨水在基板上擴散性不充分,所形成的晝素部的平 雖然本發明已以較佳實施例揭露如 限定本發明,任何熟習此技藝者, 非用以 和範圍内,當可作此畔之爭減不脫離本發明之精神 乍4之更動㈣飾,目此本發明之 -103- 200906985 範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者為準。 【圖式簡單說明】 無 【主要元件符號說明】 無 -104-u>^〇^-^sj(〇CH3)3 ο ο Μ-7 Η-1 [1. Evaluation of hardenability] The inkjet head uses SE-128 manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd., and the discharge control device uses Apollo II manufactured by Dimatix. The ink jet head was mounted on an automatic two-dimensional moving stage (Junhejing Mechanism KS211-200), and a predetermined amount of ink was ejected from the head by the discharge control device while moving the stage to the gap between the above-mentioned produced partition walls. -102- 200906985 Here, the green inkjet ink is filled in the head, and is controlled by the discharge control device to cause the ink to drip at a predetermined position. After the ink droplets were left behind, they were heated at 200 t for 2 minutes under normal pressure, and then immersed in an N-methyl scale solvent to measure the time until peeling from the substrate. The longer the peeling time, the more excellent the curability, and when the time is 5 minutes or more, the curing property is evaluated to be good. The above results are summarized in Table 4. As is clear from Table 4, the ink jet substrate of the present invention is excellent in kneading property. Including the comparative σ outside the scope of the present invention as the adhesion improving agent, the ink of the nozzle of Comparative Example 3 was adhered to the substrate.垄 &,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, It is to be noted that the flatness ink is the same as that of the first embodiment: === m The ink has insufficient diffusibility on the substrate, and the formed element portion is flat. Although the present invention has been disclosed in the preferred embodiment, The invention is not intended to be used in any way, and the scope of the invention may be reduced without departing from the spirit of the invention (4). The scope of the present invention is -103-200906985. The scope of the patent application is subject to change. [Simple description of the diagram] None [Key component symbol description] None -104-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2007174405A JP2009013228A (en) | 2007-07-02 | 2007-07-02 | Inkjet ink for color filter, and color filter using the same |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200906985A true TW200906985A (en) | 2009-02-16 |
Family
ID=40354540
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW97120790A TW200906985A (en) | 2007-07-02 | 2008-06-04 | Inkjet ink for color filter, and color filter using the same |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2009013228A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20090004610A (en) |
TW (1) | TW200906985A (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2010024434A (en) * | 2008-03-03 | 2010-02-04 | Fujifilm Corp | Curing composition, and color filter |
JP5631646B2 (en) * | 2010-07-02 | 2014-11-26 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Ink composition, image forming method, and printed matter |
JP5649674B2 (en) * | 2012-02-06 | 2015-01-07 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Pigment dispersion for inkjet ink, active energy ray-curable inkjet ink, and printed matter |
CN104093795B (en) | 2012-02-06 | 2016-09-21 | Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 | Jetted ink dispersible pigment dispersion, active energy ray-curable ink-jet ink and printed article |
WO2017001039A1 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-01-05 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Polymerisable liquid crystal material and polymerised liquid crystal film |
JP2018184553A (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2018-11-22 | 株式会社C−Ink | Ink composition and laminate |
Family Cites Families (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3940523B2 (en) * | 1999-04-27 | 2007-07-04 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Resin composition for inkjet color filter, color filter, and method for producing color filter |
JP4344082B2 (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2009-10-14 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Ink jet ink composition for color filter, method for producing ink composition, and method for producing color filter |
JP2002249682A (en) * | 2001-02-22 | 2002-09-06 | Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc | Curing type coloring composition for ink jet recording and color filter |
JP2003192947A (en) * | 2001-12-26 | 2003-07-09 | Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc | Ink composition for inkjet recording, used for color filter, and color filter |
JP4900555B2 (en) * | 2005-04-20 | 2012-03-21 | Jsr株式会社 | Pigment dispersion composition, ink-jet color filter (radiation sensitive) resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
CN101218017B (en) * | 2005-07-08 | 2012-10-03 | 东洋油墨制造株式会社 | Dispersing agent, method for producing same, and pigment dispersion and ink containing such dispersing agent |
JP4904733B2 (en) * | 2005-07-19 | 2012-03-28 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Pigment composition, pigment dispersion and ink |
WO2008090789A1 (en) * | 2007-01-24 | 2008-07-31 | Jsr Corporation | Resin composition for forming black layer by inkjet system and method for forming black layer |
-
2007
- 2007-07-02 JP JP2007174405A patent/JP2009013228A/en not_active Abandoned
-
2008
- 2008-06-04 TW TW97120790A patent/TW200906985A/en unknown
- 2008-06-30 KR KR20080062228A patent/KR20090004610A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2009013228A (en) | 2009-01-22 |
KR20090004610A (en) | 2009-01-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6421837B2 (en) | Colored photosensitive composition, colored spacer, color filter, and liquid crystal display device | |
CN104081280B (en) | Coloring photosensitive combination, black light spacer and colour filter | |
JP5817099B2 (en) | Green pigment colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
TW201042395A (en) | Photo-curable ink for inkjet with liquid repellence | |
TW201124479A (en) | Pigment dispersion liquid, colored composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display | |
JP6268967B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device | |
TW200906985A (en) | Inkjet ink for color filter, and color filter using the same | |
TW201100959A (en) | Photopolymerizable resin composition | |
JP5998546B2 (en) | Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device | |
JP2014005466A (en) | Alkali-soluble resin, photosensitive resin composition containing the same, and color filter using the same | |
JP2006219599A (en) | Coloring material dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display | |
JP2012215850A (en) | Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device | |
TWI300795B (en) | Curable resin composition for die coating and process for producing color filter | |
JP2013228727A (en) | Color filter coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device | |
JP2014240953A (en) | Coloring composition, colored cured film and display device | |
JP5842481B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device | |
JP5381682B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display | |
JP6881536B2 (en) | Green pigment coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device | |
JP2013129706A (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display | |
JP5664127B2 (en) | Green pigment colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP2013195974A (en) | Color filter coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device | |
JP2012197369A (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device | |
JP2013119613A (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic el display | |
JP6372243B2 (en) | Colored composition, colored cured film, and display element | |
JP2014134721A (en) | Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device |